ee PED sie Lacerta E ating ct An = ben Seeaeal fein REN AE AOS nett RHE oe neato Ruins stn aria Pa A Mn Vide Beate dere aia Mae ee ees eis ae = eS NR ce sratian iga i r a pce Pence Fon I ai aor nme mf i aqeadonnasts eae etigde BAPE RR Eee ir Pustyencns eh a on abe end pene sects nde Snake east BA ab el BE a Laon rn I OAT imctnetinm el a ae gO are pe Bote a ee Kaan v Fe ahritnaninn i PRS hi eae aed Sees tag tseriad neh TOP mete Ma SY ead Pn tA in a oe ieee See Re TR hy Highest praprirctinelly eee saree tert ae Pas egrets LAL n ete Pa sraienseelacs nang tegen mre aime NNN =_iiae 2 <” ——— me py ratte tad * thee Fp ey iehihy Wh = aay 4 ) a ey i fei i ‘ u i PU Caa ia) iy Aa 4 4 Pa Rei “i / Gf oe Maa vA ie i a 4 & Ze BULLE PINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Vow sek | Lg \s Dec.’ 96 — Mar.’ 98 | ' { i Wi Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Harris Company. ' i Pe eae: pas ‘ eo sah gonian if Py ie ; . | } o St lupe 2 - JAN LY Lis0y NwVOS4 “ronal Museu CONTENTS OF VOL. II. Bull. No. 6.—The Relation of the Fauna of the Ithaca Group tothe Faunas of the Portage and Chemung, By E. M. KinpLE. Map. Pl. 1, Page 1-56 7.—The Bibliography of the Geological, Miner- alogical and Paleontological Literature of the State of Virginia, By T. L. NVIAUESOING sata ata aabasicn so ncaten aaee Aaa raat atone atiasmenanen Ba stsiae 57-166 8.—Notes on Eocene Mullusca, with Descrip- tions of Some New Species, By T. H. PNTOT ONE (= Gee aM PN Ie SIN Fae at ee eon a Sa DAG, 167-192 9.—The Lignitic Stage, Part 1; Stratigraphy and Pelecypoda, By G. D. HARRIS.............. 7-20 193-294 10.—The Tertiary and Pleistocene Foraminifera of the Middle Atlantic Slope, By R. M, ) EYEE crs 0) aN ott aa REPEATER Som cea 21-23 295-348 TE XSTONVOI NI ea ey eRe er AGE ited te) SoA 349-362 ob iipions HE. ait 5 gets ipa et si vr if Soe CAT y ira ein yt ries Magara >, Oil modi Tribhammer Halls. A typical Ithaca Group exposure. See pp. 18-19, stations 9, Io, IT. Photo by J. O. Martin. Vol. 2 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY No. 6 THE RELATION OF THE FAUNA OF THE ITHACA GROUP TO THE FAUNAS OF THE PORTAGE AND CHEMUNG BY Epwarp M. KINDLE December 25, 1896 ithaca Ne. OR Se AG THE RELATION OF THE FAUNA OF THE ITHACA GROUP TO THE FAUNAS OF THE PORTAGE AND CHEMUNG. BY E. M. Kindle. SOMMARNG-OF \CONTIENTS. JEAN BEd BP) CATR ee Se Sr a Cane WRU ana Sep Beant at 5-15 TENTS TDW) CATO ING seals soe nls s,s clasis soereiarctosa see tesiaen ates eas as 5 BRIEF REVIEW OF THE STUDY OF THE UPPER DE- VO NIAINGOENG INGE Wi MORI: 1.854. 541 cc teceere kes aac a eaereeme eines 5-15 ]EYND 224 D5 DLS Se aah ee A eae MMe earemer iat at re ETB ie 2g 16-32 ARH SURIVAC A; OR CDIONS i: iol oiui a. Siete Se cn ne nae 16 Section I, Fall. Creek: Station 7, 17; 2, 17; 3, 7S ey MOS IGE, USSG, AUST (Oy Tue VAR ioe in Miset (a TSS) 20) EWIPIPS NOVY IE VINO) Se Ae ated ON RR Mere Ee Ne ne rpc cS Mey 17-19 Section II, Cascadilla Creek: Station 7, 20; 2, ZOD See On ZO OM 20%) Zan 2O NOM 2 OO Te wahOne ail TM Sera wm Te FZ. Die VG 22 SHOR 22) Miia ee O22 2O—2'2 Section III, University, McGraw and Cor- nelly Quarries: iSarion 7.22. 2,233. 230.0 ate enue 22-23 Section IV, Williams Creek: Station 7, 23; 2, DRE SM See MGT eg ae On BAN TDA is cid cake one cratoewel 22-24) Section V, Quarries near Six-mile Creek: STO, TES UNS FS DING eh CHS LONE IIIS (0) NOI ah cay Eri Section VI, Buttermilk Creek: Svaton 7, 26; 2 AOE MU WR OUTER GID Ts Onn 2 Te Pel 2 Toman as ceca thee 20-277 Section VII, McKinney’s Station: Svation ,, PIN 23 wp AOKI 2a So LAOROM 201s 7) 205 O1, 2Os LO}, BIQ)SY ITE i! BIC Yah SAPs ESOS RU NG Pe aera a ea eel ae ee i eg OTTER Ua 27-29 4 BULLETIN 6 4 Section VIII, Glenwood: Séation 7, 30; 2, 30; Bs BOR Gy BOs 5 BO! sae ae oe aloes te ante ae eer ee eee 20 Section IX, Renwick Brook: S/fation 7, 31; 2, BT Sl pe Pee Gil Sales OME ak Fs oe ca arc toe 31 Section X, Newfield Creek: Station 7, 31; 2, RO AP) BON ONS AB OWO 206 7 SRD. ea sem asset e eee 321-32 TABLE SHOWING THE RANGE OF SOME OF THE SPE- CIES OF THE PORTAGE AND ITHACA FAUNAS AT ITH- TRIO IN | Mir Pate istics SIN 20 EE BO acc ati ape a ee ear opp. 362 PART TED so. cicesees a hae cle geek ete ty Sect eaee 33-47 - LIST OF SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE PORTAGE AND TEEGAGCA (GROUPS) a2 slew abe. a dicho anes Boe ee ee nena ee eee 33-47 Celenterata. .ccci6 esos usece ee 33 Echinoderiniata... 94) .552) 4.) at 33=34 Molluscoidea and Mollusca: Brachiopoda, 34- 38; Pteropoda, 38; Gastropoda, 38-39; Cephalopoda, 26-40% “Pelecypoda, 4O=46. 2:2: 2147250: Sees ee 34-46 CrustaGea .:.) 2.2 SE ee 46 Vetrebrata: Pisces, \46....,.:.3).22.. 2 eee 46 Plates oer eee tk as cuny asda ee Aq TYPICAL CHEMUNG. HAUNAL.. 208 te:sase-baese chee eee ene 47 PART | WV. 02.3. hohe Re hee ie 48-54 SUMMARY ii teak ts Ste. che eet Co oc 48-49 A LIST OF THE MORE IMPORTANT PAPERS AND WORKS CONSULTED IN THE PREPARATION OF THIS WORK...... 49-54 BLATE “AND EXPLANATION: fess. (ose se eee eee 56 5 ITHACA GROUP 5 PART I. INTRODUCTION. The more recent studies of the Upper Devonian in New York have shown that some of its five divisions are closely related to each other by their fossil remains. Some of the most character- istic fossils of one group often begin to appear in the formation just below it, and to continue, though less abundantly, into the succeeding horizon. It is for this reason often difficult to decide whether a group is more closely related to the beds above or be- low it. In the case of that at Ithaca, opposite views have been held by the two paleontologists best acquainted with it at the typical locality—Prof. Hall including it in the Chemung and Dr. Williams placing it with the Portage. The present paper has to offer such data and conclusions on the relations which these faunas sustain to each other as the writer has been able to gather from the detailed study of sever- al sections near Ithaca. All of the material collected during this study has been presented to Cornell University and may be found catalogued in the Paleontological Museum. BRIEF REVIEW OF THE STUDY OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN NEw YORK. The basis of the present classification and division of the New York Devonian was developed by the geologists of the New York Survey—Hall, Vanuxem, Conrad and Emmons—during the first ten years of its existence. The first attempt to determine the age of the New York De- vonian by means of its fossil remains was made by Prof. Jas. Hall, who stated in 1838 that he considered ‘‘the rocks of the 4th Distri@ as belonging to the Old Red sandstone and the Car- boniferous group and to be above the Silurian system of Mr. Murchison.’’* Prof. Hall first introduced the term Ithaca group in 1839.T As originally defined by him it included the rocks about the south end of Cayuga Lake lying between the Genesee shale, or Black shale as it was first called, and the Chemung. In the Report for 1840,{ Lardner Vanuxem gave the name *od Ann’l Rep’t 4th Geol. Dist., p- 291, 1838. 73d Ann’l Rep’t 4th Geol. Dist., p. 318, 1839. tath Ann’l Rep’t 3d Geol. Dist., p. 381, 1840. 6 BULLETIN 6 6 Sherburne flagstone to the lower part of Hall’s Ithaca group. His classification of the Upper Devonian of New York was as follows:— Tully limestone. Black shale. Sherburne flagstone. Ithaca group. Chemung group. Montrose sandstone or sandstone of Oneonta. In his Report for the 4th District,* Prof. Hall states that in the Genesee valley the Ithaca group and the Tully limestone - are wanting. He recognized there the following formations:— Portage group. Gardeau group. Cashaqua shale. Encrinal limestone. In 1842 the geologists of the 3d and 4th Districts had reached opposite views as to the relation of the Ithaca group to the for- mations above and below it. Mr. Vanuxem states} that he had intended uniting the Sherburne and Ithaca groups into one, while Mr. Hall wished to unite the Ithaca and Chemung. Vanuxem, however, retained the original arrangement, only sub- stituting the name Portage or Nunda group which Hall had used in western New York for Sherburne. No distinct line of division is indicated by Vanuxem between the Ithaca group and the Portage below or the Chemung above. In the Report for 1842,{ Vanuxem introduced the term ‘‘ New York System’’ to include all of the New York formations from the Potsdam sandstone to the Chemung inclusive. The following is his classification of the upper part of the New York System:— Catskill group. Chemung group. Ithaca group. Portage group. New York System.—Erie division. Genesee slate. Tully limestone. Hamilton group. | Marcellus shales. Prof. Hall united the Ithaca group with the Chemung 1 in the * 4th Ann’l Rep’ t 4th Geol. Dist., P- 390, 1840, } Final Rep’t Surv. of 3d Geol. Dist. , Pp. 171, 1842. { Final Rep’t Surv. of 3d Geol. Dist., p. 13, 1842. 7 ITHACA GROUP 7 Report for 1843 and made the following classification: — a ( 5 ( Chemung group. ( Portage sandstone. Bes | -= | Portage or Nunda group. ) Gardeau flagstone. > 35 | 5 | Genesee slate. (eerie shale. S 2 4 3 | Tully limestone. Moscow shales. >, n | 2 Ifanniltomrsroupesccss.. oe: ‘ Encrinal limetone. | & | Marcellus slate. ( Ludlowville shales. Hall states as the reason for uniting the Ithaca and Chemung, the impossibility of distinguishing thein by any characteristic fossils. In the valley of the Genesee river Prof. Hall found the three divisions of the Portage distin¢ét and well marked, but toward the south end of Cayuga lake he considered them scarce- ly distinguishable. He considered the Portage fossils entirely distin from those above, and states* that he never saw one of the Portage fossils in the higher group. As will be shown later, this opinion was due to the lack of an intimate knowledge of these faunas. The classification of the Upper Devonian in eastern New York has been attended with much difficulty. The absence or scarcity of fossils in much of the series in that part of the State made its correlation with the well defined faunas to the west difficult and uncertain. Vanuxem in 1840 recognized + a formation in the 3d District which he considered distinct from the Chemung and more re- cent. He called this the ‘‘ Montrose sandstone’’ from the town of Montrose in Pennsylvania where it is well developed. Mather included all of the rocks of the Catskill mountains in his ‘‘Catskill Mountain Series’? which he subdivided as fol- lows {:— 1. Conglomerates and grits. i and gray grits with red shales mottled with green 2 spots. Montrose sandstone of Prof. Vanuxem. Chemung group of Prof. Vanuxem. Ithaca group of Prof. Vanuxem. Sherburne flags. BI DNL & . Hamilton group. 8. Marcellus shales. ®Geol. of INS NER Part. 4, p. 229, 1843. * 4th Ann’l Rep’ t 3d Geol. Dist., p. 381, 1840. {5th Ann’l Rep’t 1st Geol. Dist., p. 77, 1841. 8 BULLETIN 6 8 In his final Report* Vanuxemi used the term ‘‘Catskill group” for the uppermost member of the New York System which he had previously called Montrose sandstone. The Catskill group continued to be regarded for several years as distinct from and subsequent in time of deposition to the Chemung. The preliminary work of the classification of the New York strata according to their organic contents into the groups which have since been recognized as the paleontolgic units for the United States was completed with the publication of the final reports of the different districts from 1840 to 1843. In 1847 Edward de Verneuil visited America and correlated the divisions of the New York System with the European for- mations.t The divisions of the Erie and the five superior divis- ions of the Helderberg he correlated with the Devonian of Eng- land. He proposed to combine the Marcellus shale, Hamilton group and Tully limestone into one division, and the Portage and Chemung groups into a second division of the Devonian. The discovery in the year 1862 of fish bones of a characteristic Catskill species associated with Chemung fossils in the Catskill rocks created doubt as to the superior position of those deposits. Colles? Jewett declared his belief that there { ‘‘is no Old Red sandstone in the State.’’ Prof. Hall was led by the same fact to modify his views of the extent of the Catskill group. He expressed the opinion that the ‘‘greater part of the area colored on the geological map of New York as Catskill group is in fact occupied by the Portage and Chemung.’’S A comparative study of the Upper Devonian faunas of New York led Prof. H. S. Williams to consider the Chemung and Catskill as contemporaneous formations. || In his vice-presidential address#] in 1891 Prof. J. J. Stevenson reviewed in detail the evidence bearing on the relation of the Catskill to the Chemung and their extent. He considered the Catskill and Chemung to have been deposited synchronously in a shallow basin subsiding most rapidly to the east. Mr. N. H. Darton proposed *K as the result of stratigraphical studies in the Catskill region that “Catskill” be broadened * Geol. of N. V5 Part 3, p. 16, 1842. + Bull. Geol. Soc. of France, 2d ser., vol. iv. f Am. Jr. Sci., 2d ser., vol. xxxiv, p. 418. 4 Can. Nat. and Jr. of Sci., mew ser., vol. vii, p. 377. || Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 41. {| Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1891, p. 241. ** Am, Jr. Sci., 3d Ser., vol. xlv, pp. 203-209. 9 ITHACA GROUP 9 from the name of an epoch to that of a period, and that it in- clude the Chemung and Portage epochs. This suggestion to substitute the name of a local formation not well characterized paleontologically for one of wide extent with a very distinctive fauna like the Chemung has not met with favor and has been followed by no other writers. All recent studies of the Catskill group go to show that it is the stratigraphic equivalent of the Upper Devonian of the cen- tral and western parts of the State. In the detailed and careful study of the relations of the Upper Devonian faunas of New York, Prof. H. S. Williams was the leader; and to him more than to any other student, paleontolo- gists are indebted for our present knowledge of these faunas. In the year 1894 he published the results of the study of a sec- tion from Cayuga lake to Bradford county, Pennsylvania. The horizons included in this study are shown in the following sec- tion *:— Feet. XII. Barclay coal bed. | XI. Pottsville conglomerate. X. Mauch Chunk Red shale. ! BN CA aie ta ene sett ac lees 1000 IX. Pocono Gray sandstone. ( Catskill Red sandstone. J Upper Chemung fauna in Penna. (top at Ulster)... 300 | Typical Chemung fauna (outcropping in the vicini- ty of State-line, bottom of Chemung Narrows, N.Y. 300 Lower Chemung fauna (bottom outcrops at Caroline, Danby and) Newsield ) 22522... .c.2cecn--o-secaseesssensn=: 600 4 Upper Portage Sandstones and Shales of H. S. Wil- ITO, Bk Re RSE Re CARR ates en Boncnemantoocnouonecroponeed 600 | Wiper dthaca. wn. semae eae eee ces 200 Middle Portage. } Tsp Mithaca es ove seme asecils slp. 100 Teower Mthaca ss ecm cccesaresccccer 150 Lower Portage Sandstones and Shales................-. 250 (Gameces Sloss jo oben asuenuadsne en osughboonodocatoccodeonccr — 3500 In this study Dr. Williams attempted to discover the associa- tion of the species in faunas and the relation of these to each other. In the Portage rocks at Ithaca two distinct faunas were recognized,—the Cladochonus and Spirifer levis,—and the rela- tion of these to those of the Ithaca group was pointed out.+ 73 Trans. Am, Inst. Min. Engineers, vol, xvi, p. 945. 7 Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 3, p. 11. IO BULLETIN 6 b co) In the Ithaca group Williams recognized five faunas—the Lz- gula complanata, Spirifer fimbriatus, Spirifer mesastrialis, Rhyn- chonella eximia and Spirifer mesacostalts. The Lingula complanata fauna is a recurrence with a slight modification of the fauna found in the Marcellus shales and the Genesee slate. The presence of this fauna and the recurrent Hamilton species in the Ithaca fauna he considered to be the result of a shifting of faunas,—new conditions and faunas driv- ing the Hamilton and Marcellus faunas out of the area in ques- tion and permitting them to return at intervals, while in some areas they lived on continuously undisturbed by new conditions. Above the Ithaca fauna Williams found a recurrent Portage fauna containing Lunulicardium fragile and Glyptocardia speciosa. The occurrence of these characteristic Portage species above the Ithaca fauna led him to refer it to the Portage group instead of the Chemung where Hall placed it. In western New York the studies of Williams and Clarke have thrown much light on the relations of the Upper Devonian faunas. In 1883 Prof. Williams published a paper* on a peculiar fauna in Ontario county at the base of the Chemung in what he called the Naples beds. In this fauna he found a majority of forms to be species characteristic of the Lime Creek beds of Iowa, to- gether with a few species peculiar to the Ithaca and Lime Creek faunas.. He therefore correlated the fauna of the Naples beds with the Kinderhook in the West and the Ithaca fauna to the east. In Ontario county, Prof. Clarke, as a result of his studies (pub- lished in 1885+) found that the Portage group, as originally de- fined by Hall, includes an assemblage of unlike faunas, the lower ones being closely related to the Genesee or Hamilton, while the upper are related to the Chemung. The Cashaqua and Gardeau beds of Hall he includes under the name of the Naples shales. Of the 47 species occurring in the Naples shales, Clarke finds that 34 per cent. occur in the Genesee shale and 19 per cent. in the Hamilton proper, while but 2.1 per cent. occur in the Port- age. He concludes, therefore, that the Naples beds should be regarded as constituting the uppermost member of the Hamil- ton, or together with the Genesee, as representing a distinct geological epoch. * Am, ite SGb, WO, [Sai p. 97. + Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16. II ; ITHACA GROUP 11 About 600 feet of sandstone above the Naples beds are re- ferred to the Portage. Only ten species have been found in the fauna of these Portage sandstones, seven of which are com- mon to the Chemung. It should be observed that ‘‘ Naples beds’’ as used by Williams and Clarke represent entirely different horizons. Prof. Williams, who introduced the term, applied it to a horizon ‘‘about twelve hundred feet above the highest Genesee slate.’’* Prof. Clarke has applied the same term to a portion of Hall’s Portage lying directly above the Genesee; above the Naples beds of Clarke is the Portage sandstone followed by the High-point bed, which latter is equivalent to the Naples horizon of Williams. In order to avoid confusion, the term Naples beds, if used, should at least include the horizon originally designated by Williams. As regards the absence of the Ithaca fauna from the Upper Devonian of western New York, the results of Prof. Williams’ studies of the Genesee section} correspond with those of Clarke and Williams in Ontario county. The fauna of the Portage group of the Genesee section as given by Prof. Williams is very meagre as compared with the Portage as developed at Ithaca, while it contains some of the more characteristic fossils found at Ithaca, as Glyptocardia speciosa and Lunulicardium fragile. Most of the species which at Ithaca are common to the Portage and Ithaca groups are absent from the Portage of the Genesse sec- tion. Immediately following the Portage, Williams finds the typical Chemung fauna. The peculiarities of the Chemung fauna immediatety above the Portage fauna indicate that it represents a later stage than the Ithaca fauna. At Hornells- ville, about half way between the Genesee and Cayuga sections, Orthis tioga of the Chemung, and the Chemung stage of Sfz77- fer mesacostalis were found direétly above shales carrying the Portage Glyptocardia fauna. ‘The occurrence in the western sections, immediately above the Portage, of fossils of a type which in the eastern sections were developed after the Ithaca stage, indicates that in the west the Portage fauna must have continued until after the close of the Ithaca stage in the east. Previous to his study of the Genesee section, Prof. Williams made a comparative study of ten sections through the Upper Devonian. ‘These extended in an east and west direction from PAT ie SoCie, Ole xxv, Pp. 7, 1683- + Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 41. 12 BULLETIN 6 IZ the Cuyahoga section near Cleveland, Ohio, to the Chenango section of the Chenango valley. The conclusions which Prof. Williams reached from the study of these sections regarding the character of the Portage, he expresses as follows*: ‘‘ The Port- age rocks and their faunas are comparatively local, belonging to the central part of the area, the fauna failing in the more west- ern sections, and both fauna and lithologic chara¢ters are unrec- ognizable east of the Cayuga section.’’ Concerning the differences between the faunas of the Portage horizon and the Genesee along the Cayuga and eastern sections he says,t ‘‘It is evident from the study of the sections, that the interval occupied in the Genesee section by the typical Portage fauna is represented in the Cayuga section by an entirely differ- ent set of species, while still farther east in the Chenango and Unadilla sections the same interval is filled by a preliminary stage of the Catskill.’’ The views which Williams held of the relation of the fauna of the Ithaca group to its antecedent and subsequent faunas, he states as follows: ‘‘ The Ithaca group of the State reports contains faunas which I have defined as stages in the successive modification of the Hamilton fauna. This set of faunas differs from the Chemung in the absence of several of its common and abundant species and by presenting unmistakable evidences of earlier stages in modification of species which are near ayes alike to be classified under the same specific name.’’{ The Ithaca fauna, like the Portage, Williams considae to have a limited geographical extent, being best developed in the east, and blending toward the west with the Portage fauna which in the western sections entirely replaces it. The transi- tion at Hornellsville from the Glyptocardia fauna of the Portage directly to the lowest true Chemung fauna characterized by Orthts tioga he considers evidence that the Ithaca group has no representative in the region west of there. § The correlation of the Upper Devonian faunas of central and eastern New York with those of the more western has been at- tended with considerable difficulty owing to the changes in the several faunas in passing westward. In most of this region the Tully limestone and Genesee shale are oS ells their most eastern * Proc. Am. ‘Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 3 XXXIV, , p. 233. + Zoid. t Zbid. @ Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 41, p. 30. 13 ITHACA GROUP 13 outcrops being on the west side of the Chenango valley. The absence of these formations leaves no definite line of division between the Hamilton and the faunas above. This has led to much uncertainty as to whether the bluish shales and sandstones underlying the Oneonta sandstone and containing a fauna com- posed of Hamilton fossils and a few Ithaca group species belong in the Hamilton or above the horizon of the Genesee shale. These faunas of uncertain affinities have been studied in Otsego and Chemung counties by Williams, Prosser and Clarke. While these careful observers agree in the main in their conclusions as to the relations of the faunas of this region there are some dif- ferences, and it may be worth while to summarize briefly the results of their published studies. In his paper on the classification of the Upper Devonian,* Prof. Williams describes the faunas of the Chenango and the Unadilla river sections. The faunas above the Genesee shale in these sections represent, according to him, five stages of the modi- fied Hamilton fauna and one stage of the Chemung. The stages which he recognizes are the Paracydas lirata, Atrypa reticularis, Letorhynchus globuliformis, Tropidoleptus carinatus, Spirifer me- sastrialis stages of the Hamilton followed by the ARhynchonella contraéia stage of the Chemung. ‘The nearly barren sandstones and conglomerates lying above the last of these stages and in- tervening between the first two are stages of the Catskill. These modified stages of the Hamilton correspond to the Ithaca group of the Cayuga section. Williams finds no representative of the Portage fauna in these sections. Prof. Prosser has studied the same sections and has published a complete list of the fossils identified by him in the Unadilla section. + In another paper { he discusses the correlation of the Upper Devonian faunas of central and eastern New York. In this Prosser recognizes above the typical Hamilton faunas represent- ing two stages of the western sections, the Portage and the Ith- aca group stages. The determination of the Portage stage seems to be based on stratigraphic evidence. The presence of. the Portage in the Chenango valley is not shown by the lists of fossils given since none of them are characteristic of the typical western Portage. The lists of fossils indicate that the typical -* Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxxiv, p. 222. + 12th Ann’l Rep’t State Geol. of N. Y., pp. 1-35. tAm. Jr. Sci., vol. xlvi, pp. 212-230. 14 BULLETIN 6 14 Hamilton in the Chenango valley is followed by beds bearing an Ithaca fauna, though these may be the stratigraphic equiva- lents of the Portage of the western sections. More recently Prof. J. M. Clarke has studied the fossiliferous beds below the Oneonta sandstone in the Chenango valley. In the western part of Chenango county Prof. Clarke found the S#z- rifer mesastrialis fauna lying unquestionably above the Genesee shales. Where the Genesee and Tully formations in the Che- nango valley and the eastern part of the region are absent Clarke makes the presence of Spivifer mesastrialis the index of the ap- pearance of the supra-Hamilton fauna. The Portage fauna, ac- cording to Clarke, is entirely absent from the Chenango vailey. There is, he states,* not a single species common to the typical Portage of the Genesee section and the Ithaca fauna of the Che- nango valley. The Cayuga section, he thinks, represents the mingling of those two faunas, the Portage from the west and the Ithaca fauna from the east. : The immediate successor of the typical Hamilton fauna in this region represents a more perfect and normal development of the Ithaca group fauna, Prof. Clarke thinks,+ than is to be found in any of the sections to the west. Overlying the Ithaca group of this region are Oneonta flags and shales. These Oneonta beds Clarke considers to be the equivalent of the typical western Portage. The principal evidence given for this correlation is the occurrence of peculiar concretions found in both formations. The first diagrammatic presentation of the relations of the Up- per Devonian faunas, based on the view that some of them were local faunas imperfectly developed or entirely absent from some of the sections, was a series of sections of the Upper Devonian published by Prof. Williams in 1886.{ - All of the paleontologists who have since studied the New York Devonian have reached similar views as to the local de- velopment of the faunas. Fig. 1, republished from Prof. Clarke’s Report § on the Che- nango valley, represents probably as accurately as our present knowledge will permit the relations of the Upper Devonian faunas in the eastern, central and western parts of the State. * 3th Ann’l Rep’t State Geol. of N. Y., p. 555. + Lbid. ¢ Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci., vol. xxxiv. 413th Ann’l Rep’t State Geol. of N. Y., p. 556. = = —_ = —SS——— a — = = = = z = —_ st MOR{— Tt “Or O ‘[O9 9781S 1 doy [.uuVv WII oY} jo 9SS ‘d surqurid ut post ayeld [BULSIIO 94} jo Adoo adAj01}09T9 ue of 4 “A UN Jo [O93 ‘ C k aaa wal —s => ar) 2 Secon 2246; Tesh area pus hash iss : sos Sa)BY oa -spups uh U9} 99e Aajjon ahuoueyy (ay40)9) uo!1aas sedvn { sui py) UONIIS DOOULT 16 BULLETIN 6 16 PART II. THE ITHACA SECTIONS. Stratigraphy.—The rocks of the Portage and the Ithaca groups outcrop along the sides of Cayuga lake valley about Ithaca, New York. The Portage rocks rest upon the black Genesee shale, and are terminated above by the Ithaca shale. Tough sandstone flags, often wave-marked, together with beds of more arenaceous character, constitute the Portage rocks, which are here about 250 feet in thickness. The base of the Portage is sharply defined by a fine-grained, hard, blue sandstone about 3 feet in thickness. From Esty’s glen to the point where the base of the Portage passes below the surface of the lake, the dip is more than 100 feet to the mile. Near Ithaca the dip be- comes less, and to the south it is very slight for several miles. The soft argillaceous beds which lie above the Portage have been called the Ithaca shale by Prof. Williams. These shales are often stained a reddish brown by iron. Lenticular layers of sandstone sometimes occur in these shales. Above the base of the Ithaca shale 25 or 30 feet, it loses its arenaceous character and is replaced by the sandstone flags and intercalated shales which contain the typical Ithaca fauna. These beds are fossili- ferous for a thickness of nearly 400 feet. The rocks containing the Ithaca fauna are followed by nearly 600 feet of barren sandstone flags which extend to the tops of the hills about Ith- aca. The fossiliferous beds of the Chemung do not appear in the immediate vicinity of Ithaca, but several miles to the south they form the tops of the hills along the southern extension of Cayuga valley above the barren strata. The numerous deep gorges of the streams entering the Cayuga valley afford excellent exposures of the rocks about Ithaca, from the base of the Portage to the top of the Ithaca group. Ten sections through these rocks have been carefully studied and the results are given in the following pages.* * NoTtE.—The sections are numbered in the order in which they were studied. All of the specimens on which the lists of species are based are in the Paleontological Museum. Two numbers are attached to each speci- men, the first indicating the section, and the second the stratigraphic posi- tion or station in the seCtion from which it came, ¢. ¢., I-2 refers to the second station in the Fall Creek se¢tion. 3 y yaen-Lansin Swany! wre Teese eInclin® SY a oir NS S My DUR \ Narrows < Ne TP ONSEN ings y Routl \\ —Z, Y te} > Z We fe (Ye é Mento) Taeh 2 WY Quarry, Oi0 S420 e) "Wren okey \ SHON PRBu ) ee ay 5 Hy Gis t Cem. 4 B : De i SSO ‘< | \ \Flenv yO o Sp 5 bay ji f Lick Bry Falls Y Greer IT I< |\ X ; 7 = | ; "Matthews, Northrup (& Cp. Art Printing Works: Buffalo, N.Y. Map.—lthaca and vicinity, showing location of sections and stations. (From Prof. Gage’s plate). 17 ITHACA GROUP 17 Section I, Fall Creek. This section begins in the upper Portage sandstone at the foot of Ithaca falls and ends at the outcrops in the bed of the stream above Forest Home. ‘This section includes about 410 feet of strata. Station z.—The fauna of this station occurs in the Portage flagstone and shale exposed at the foot of Ithaca falls. This is the best locality known for collecting Spzvifer levis, which is the predominant species, and its associated fauna. The following is a list of species obtained from about three feet of strata: Spzrifer levis a*, Spathella typica c, Gontatites sinuosus? r, Crania sp. r, Cyrtina hamiltonensts 1, Lunulicardium fragile a, Paleoneilo filosa a, Orthoceras pecator +, Aviculopecten lautus var. tthacensts r, Goniatites discoideus c, Modiomorpha sub- alata, Grammysia subarcuata 1, Taxocrinus ithacensis stems, Cho- netes lepida a, Pleurotomaria capillaria r, Chonetes scitula r, Gom- phoceras tumidum 1, Glyptocardia speciosa r, Coleolus tenutcinétus, Nucula diffidens 1, Mytilarca chemungensis? r, Letorhynchus mesa- costalis, Lingula ligea? r, Plumulina plumaria c, Aviculopecien rugestriatus?, Leda diversa. Station 2.—135 teet above Staton r. The rocks containing the fauna of the Ithaca shale are ex- posed in the vertical cliffs of the falls, so that no representative of it were obtained from this section. At the summit of Ithaca falls the sandstone and silicious shale contain the following species, indicating the initiation of the Ithaca fauna: Productella speciosa c, Spirifer mesacostalis, Chonetes setigera c, Ambocelia umbonata c, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Micro- don tenutstriatus, Stictopora meeki c, Palaeoneilo constriéta, Actin- opteria boydi, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts c, Nucula corbuliformts. Station 3.—From the foot of the cascade below the electric light plant, the following species were collected: Ambocelia um- bonata a, Chonetes scitula, Rhynchonella eximia a, Paleonetlo filosa, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Gomphoceras tumidum r+, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts, Actinopteria boydt? r, Spirifer mesas- trialis a, Microdon bellistriatus r, Stictopora meeki, Pleurotomaria abundant, c, common and rf, rare. 18 BULLETIN 6 18 duttella speciosa, Conularia congregata a, Monticulopora sp. r, Co- leolus tenuicinctus r. Station 4.—From the top of the cascade at the electric light plant, the following species were obtained: Spirifer mesastrialis c, Leiorhvnchus mesacostalis r, Microdon bellistriatus, Pleurotomaria capillaria r, Actinopteria perstrialis?, Plumaria plumulina rx, Ste- topora meeki c, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga. Station 5 (a).—The following species were obtained a short distance above Station g: Cyrtina hamiltonensis?, Ambocelia um- bonata, Spirifer mesacostalis r, Leiorhynchus mesacostalis c, Rhyn- cronella eximia c, Rhynchonella stephani c, Grammysia subarcuata, Stiétopora meekt, Aétinopteria perstrialis, Pal@oneilo filosa, Modio- morpha subalata var. chemungensts c, Plumaria plumulina. Station 5 (b).—About four feet higher than 5a, just below the foot bridge, in a calcareous layer, the following species oc- cur: Produéiella speciosa a, Orthis impressa c, Atrypa reticularis ¢, Rhynchonella pugnus c, Stiétopora meekt. It will be observed that this is the first occurrence in this section of the last three brachiopoda noted above. Station 6.—The following species occur in the first exposures above the foot bridge: Ovthis impressa, Pal@oneilo filosa, Stro- phodonta mucronata c, Productella speciosa, Aétinopteria boydi? x, Grammysta subarcuata, Tantaculites bellulus, Chonetes lepida, Cho- netes scitula, Spirifer mesacostalis a, Goniatites sitnuosus?, Atrypa reticularis. Station 7.—In the bottom of the gorge, a short distance above Station 6, the following species occur: Strophodonta mucronata a, Produétella speciosa, Crania sp., Pterinea chemungensts?, Spirifer mesacostalis a, Atrypa reticularis, Paleoneilo filosa r, Platyceras du- mosum? x, Orthts impressa c, Aviculopecten cancellatus? r, Cyrtina hamultonensts r, Goniatites complanatus r, Pterinopecten erectus r, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts r, Panenka sp?. Station 8.—Just below Triphammer falls, the following species were noted: Stvophodonta mucronata a, Goniatites complanatus?, Chonetes scitula r, Productella speciosa c, Orthis impressa r, Platy- ceras erecltum 1, Spirifer mesastrialts r. Station 9.—From the lower shelf of Triphammer falls, the following species were obtained: Chonetes scitula, Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa, Crania sp., Productella speciosa a, Stropho- 19 IrHaca GRoupP 19 donta mucronata a, Spirifer mesacostalis a, Atrypa reticularis a, Gontatites complanatus? 1, Edmondia subovata 1, Nucula corbuli- formis r, Ambocelia umbonata 1, Microdon bellistriatus c, Grammuy- sia subarcuata r, Paleoneilo filosa c, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Aviculopecien, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Actinopteria boydi r. Stations ro & rz.—The lists of fossils from two slightly differ- ent horizons at the top of Triphammer falls having the same fauna have been combined in the following list: Schzzodus chemungensis, E-dmondia subovata, Nucula diffidens, Lunulicar- dium fragile r, Cyrtina hamiltonensts a, Actinopteria boydi c, Pro- ductella speciosa c, Atrypa reticularis a, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts c, Spirifer mesacostalis c, Chonetes setigera c, Micro- don bellistriatus r, Aviculopecien sp.. Pterinopecien erectus r, Cra- nia sp. t, Paleoneilo plana c, Orthoceras sp. 1, Platyceras sp. Yr, Mytilarca chemungensis 1, Paleoneilo filosa c, Spathella typica rx, Gontophora minor r, Strophodonta mucronata a, Macrodon sp. 1, Orthis impressa c, Pleurotomaria capillaria 1, Chonetes scitula c, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga? 1, Aulopora sp. r, Chonetes lept- dar, Orthoceras demus? 1+, Produétella hallana x. Station 12.—The following species were obtained at the old quarry above Triphammer falls: Strophodonta mucronata a, Pal- azoneilo constritta, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Spathella typica Schizo- dus chemungensts, Chonetes scitula, Spirifer mesacostalts, Productella speciosa; Aétinopteria boydi, Pterinea ( Vertumnia) reproba. Station r37.—Below lower bridge, Forest Home. The shales here contain an abundance of fossils, of which the following species were identified: S¢rophodonta mucronata, Ortho- nota parvula, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Grammy- sia subarcuata, Paleoneilo maxima, P. plana, P. constriéta, Crania sp?, Chonetes scitula, Orthoceras sp., Rhynchonella pugnus, Schizo- dus chemungensis, Leda diversa, Spirifer mesacostalis, Spathella typica, Atrypa reticularis, ACtinopteria boydi, Bellerophon tthacensis, Aviculopecten cancellatus, Pleurotomaria sp., Pterinopecten ( Ver- tumnia) reproba, Arthroacantha tthacensis. Prof. H. S. Williams informed the writer that he discovered Spirifer levis and its associated fauna near this station but they have not been re-discovered. 20 BULLETIN 6 20 Section II, Cascadilla Creek. The Cascadilla creek section embraces the rocks exposed along the gorge from the old mill to Eddy’s dam,—about 320 feet of strata. Station r.—This station is in the dark Ithaca shale at the base of the lowest cascade in the gorge. The species common here are typical of the Ithaca shale. They are Lunulicardium fragile, Lingula complanata, Leiorhynchus mesacostalis (sm. var.), Rhynchonella eximia. Station 2.—About 30 feet above Station 7, the following spe- cies occur: Glyptocardia speciosa, Produétella truncata, Pal@oneilo filosa, Leiorhynchus mesacostalis, Microdon bellistriatus, Orthoceras sp., Palzoneilo plana, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Microdon gregarius. Stations 7 & 4.—About 55 feet above Station 7, the following species were found: Palgoneilo filosa, Nucula diffidens, N. corbult- formts, Microdon gregarius, Chonetes sittula, Pal@oneilo maxima, _Rhynchonella eximia, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Spirifer mesacostalis, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Pleurotomaria cap- wlaria?, Productella speciosa, Orthoceras sp., Actinopteria boydt. Station 5.—95 feet above Staton 7, the following species were obtained: Spzvifer mesacostalis, Rhynchonella eximia, Nucula diffi- dens, Paleoneilo constritta, P. filosa, P. plana, P. maxima, Aétin- opteria perstrialis, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Micro- don gregarius, Chonetes setigera, C. scttula. Station 6.—122 feet above Station 7, the following species oc- cur: Microdon bellistriatus, Aétinopteria boydi, Rhynchonella ste- phani, Spirifer mesastrialis, Grammysia subarcuata, Nucula corbult- formis, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Modiomorpha subalata var. che- mungensis, Ambocelia umbonata, Spirifer mesacostalis, Letorhyn- chus mesacostalis, Orthoceras sp., Chonetes scitula, Paleonetlo max- ima, P. constritta, P. filosa, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Cryptonella eu- dora, Station 7.—The following species were obtained 150 feet above Station 1: Spirifer mesacostalis, Pterinea reproba, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Leptodesma sociale, Chonetes scitula, Actinopteria persirt- alis?, Stiétopora meekt, Goniatites sp., Grammysia elliptica, Chone- tes setigera, Adtinopteria sp?, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Bellerophon sp., Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Aétinopteria boyd, Paleonetlo plana, Rhynchonella eximia, Plumulina plumaria, 21 ITHACA GROUP 21 Gomphoceras tumidum, Cryptonella eudora. Station 8.—The following fauna was noted 180 feet above Station 1: Pleurotomaria capillaria?, Paleoneilo plana, Produétella speciosa, Spirifer mesacostalis, Cryptonella eudora, Aétinopteria boydt, Stictopora meekt, Rhynchonella eximia, Modiomorpha suba- lata vat. chemungensts, Cyrtina hamiltonensts. Station 9.—I have obtained the following species 195 feet above Station r: Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Gomphoceras tumidum, Actinopteria perstrialis, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Spathella typica, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Nucula corbuliformis, Schizodus che- mungensis, Paléoneilo plana, P. constritia, Elymella nuculoides?, Stittopora meeki, Sptrifer mesastrialis, Chonetes scitula. Station ro.—At the foot of the falls, just below Heustis Street bridge, 225 feet above Statzon 7, the following species occur: Atrypa reticularis, Productella speciosa, Rhynchonella pugnus, Or- this impressa, Spirifer mesacostalis, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Stropho- donta mucronata. Stations rz & r2.—From the arenaceous sandstone and shale under the Heustis Street bridge, the following species were ob- tained: Aulopora sp., Palezonetlo filosa, Mytilarca chemungensis, Spirifer mucronatus, Aétinopteria boydi, Orthis impressa, Productella speciosa, Cyrtina hamultonensts, Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa, S. mucronata, Orthoceras pecator, Rhynchonella pugnus, Schizodus chemungensts, Microdon bellistriatus, Paleoneilo constri€ta, Modio- morpha subalata var. chemungensits, Edmondia subovata?, Gontio- phora minor?, Microdon chemungensts. Station 77.—The following species were obtained below the electric railroad bridge, 285 feet above Station 1. Atrypa reticu- laris, Loxonema sp., Produéctella speciosa, Microdon sp., Stropho- donta mucronata, Chonetes scitula, C. lepida, Gontophora minor?, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Schizodus chemungensis, Gontatites sp., Paleoneilo filosa, Strapho- donta perplana var. nervosa, Aviculopecten sp. Station rg.—The following fauna was found 300 feet above S/a- tion 1: Edmondia subovata, Chonetes lepida, Ptychodesma nanum?, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Paleoneilo filosa, P. constridia, Mytilarca chemungensis, Microdon bellistriatus, Actinopteria perstrialis?, Bel- lerophon leda, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensits, Macrodon sp., Stvophodonta mucronata, S. perplana var. nervosa, Actinopte- via boydi, Atrypa reticularis, Pterinea sp?, Lapiiecchue Sragile, 22 BULLETIN 6 22 Grammysia subarcuata, Nucula corbuliformis?, Spirifer mesacosta- lis, Produétella speciosa, Pterinopecten reproba?, Ambocelia umbon- ata, Macrodon chemungensts. Station 15.—305 feet above Station 7, the following fauna oc- curs: Palgonetlo plana, P. filosa, P. constriéia, Macrodon chemung- ensts, Crania sp., Atrypa reticularis, Aétinopteria boydi, Spathella typica, Schizodus chemungensis, Aulopora sp., Microdon bellistrta- tus, Pleurotomaria capillaria?, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Strophodanta mucronata, Spirifer mesacostalis, Chonetes scitula, Nucula corbuli- Sormis? Station 16.—The fauna of this station occurs under the foot bridge below the dam, 320 feet above Statzon 1: Pal@oneilo con- striéta, P. filosa, P. plana, Microdon bellistriatus, Cyrtina hamilton- ensts, Crania sp., Productella speciosa, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Spirifer mucronatus, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Bel- lerophon leda?, Chonetes scitula, Atrypa reticularis, Spathella typica, Strophodonta mucronata, Schizodus chemungensis. Stations 17 & £8.—The following species were obtained from the beds exposed at the end of the foot bridge, about 10 feet above the last station: Schzzodus chemungensis, Atrypa reticularis, Chonetes scitula, Crania hamiltonie?, Strophodonta mucronata, Grammysta sp., Aétinopteria boydt, Microdon bellistriatus, Chonetes lepida, Modiomorpha subalata, Paleonetilo filosa, Produéiella spect- osa, Spathella typica?, Tentaculites spiculus, Cyrtina hamiltonensts, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Cranta sp., Gontophora minor, Paleonetlo constritia, Aviculopecien sp., Nucula diffidens, Stiélopora meeki, Spirifer mesacostalis, Grammysia subarcuata, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga. Section ITI, University, McGraw and Cornell Quarries This section includes only about 60 feet of Ithaca group strata. Station 7.—The quarry below the McGraw-Fiske mansion at the edge of Fall Creek gorge, which is 175 feet above the Spirifer levis bed at the foot of the falls, furnished the follow- ing fauna: Cyrtina hamiltonensis r, Letorhynchus mesacostalis c, Spirifer mesacostalis c, Grammysia subarcuata? 1, Microdon bellz- striatus ¢, Gontophora sp., Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungen- sis ¢, Rhynchonella eximia, Paleoneilo filosa, Chonetes scitula a, C. setigera c, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga 1, Pleurotomaria capillaria 23 ITHACA GROUP 23 tr, Lingula complanata r, Paleoneilo plana. Station 2.—The quarry in the cemetery lies about 25 feet above the last. Plumulina plumaria occurs here rather abund- antly. Some of the species associated with it are Pleurotomaria capillaria, Rhynchonella eximia, Spirifer mesacostalis, S. mesastrt- alis, Actinopteria sp. | Station 3.—University quarry is about 235 feet above the Spirifer levis zone in Fall creek. The Spzrifer mesastrialis fauna reaches its best development here. The species identified from this quarry are as follows: Sfzrifer mesastrialis a,S. mesacostalis c, Rhynchonella eximia c, Cryptonella eudora a, Bellerophon sp?, Spathella typica?, Platystoma lineatum var. callosum rt, Pleurotoma- ria capillaria x, Cyrtina hamiltonensts c, Pterinopecten erectus r, Stiétopora meeki c, Gomphoceras tumidum r, A€tinopteria boydi, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Leptodesma sociale?. Section IV, Williams Creek. This section affords a good continuous exposure of the rocks from the upper Sfzrzfer Jevis zone of the Portage well up into the Ithaca group. Station 1. —At the southwest corner of the lake, about 6 feet above its level, the upper Portage Sfz7ifer /evis fauna occurs. The following species were found: Spirifer levis, Aulopora sp., Paleonewlo filosa, Orthoceras sp., Crania sp., Cyrtina hamiltonensis. Station 2.—At the old quarry near the railroad, about % mile south of Williams creek, the following species were obtained about 15 feet above the level of the lake: Gonzatites discoideus, Paleonetlo filosa, Orthoceras sp., Chonetes lepida?, Leptodesma sp., Paleonetlo constritta, Aulopora sp. Stations 3 & 4.—These two stations occur in the Ithaca shale about 60 feet above the lake. The following species were found: Lunulicardium fragile c, Productella speciosa a, Lingula complanata a, Leptodesma sociale, Orthoceras pecator. Station 5.—This station is 265 feet above the lake in a bed of impure limestone about 5 feet in thickness. Nearly all of the following list of species are from this limestone, but a few are from the shale immediately beneath: Atrypa reticularis a, A. spinosa c, Spirtfer mesacostalis, S. mesastrialts c, Cyrtina hamilton- ensts c, Cryptonella eudora c, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Stittopora 24 BULLETIN 6 24 meeki a, Paleoneilo filosar, P. constritta r, Mytilarca chemungen- sts c, Rhynchonella pugnus a, Goniatites sinuosus 1, Productella speciosa a, Spirifer mesacostalis a, Gontatites complanatus? r, A€étin- opteria boydi? r, Orthoceras sp. c, Strophodonta mucronata, S. per- plana var. nervosa, S. demtssa? 1, Bellerophon sp. r, Gontophora minor t, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts c, Nucula diffi- dens c, NV. corbuléformis, Glossites depressus 1, Rhynchonella eximia c, R. stephani, Schizodus chemungensis r, Microdon gregartius, Pterinopetten sp., Aviculopecien striatus 1, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Platyceras sp., A€tinopteria boydi, Orthis impressa a, Grammysia subarcuata 1, Zaphrentis simplex? r. Station 6.—This horizon, which is just above the wagon road and 330 feet above the lake, afforded the following species: Ov7- this impressa, Atrypa reticularis, A. aspera, Productella speciosa, Spathella typica, Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa, S. mucronata, Chonetes setigera, Rhynchonella pugnus, Gontatites complanatus, Spirifer mesacostalis, Mytilarca chemungensts, Orthoceras sp. Station 7.—About 10 feet above the last station, the following species were collected: Grammysia sp?, Porcellia nais, Atrypa re- ticularis, Spirifer mucronatus, Orthts sp., Productella speciosa, Cho- netes lepida, Paleoneilo filosa, Platyceras bucculentum, Strophodonta mucronata, Aétinopteria boydz. Section V, Quarries. This section has for its lowest station a rock exposure in the bank of Six Mile creek at the Cayuga Street bridge. All the other stations are in the quarries on South Hill and on the north side of Six Mile creek. The section includes a thickness of 230 feet beginning in the Ithaca shale. Station 7.—Six Mile creek at Cayuga Street crossing. Just above the Cayuga Street bridge, about ten feet of dark shale are exposed. The following three species of the Ithaca shale are found here rather abundantly: Lunulicardium fragile, Lingula complanata, Glyptocardia speciosa. Station 2.—Quarry at Inclined plane, 115 feet above Séation z. The following species were obtained here: Chonetes scitula, Spirifer mesacostalis, Spathella typica?, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Paleonetlo constriéta. Station 3?.—Quarry at the south end of Hazen Street. 25 ITHACA GROUP 25 The lower layers of the sondstone contain an abundance of fossils. The most abundant species are Rhynchonella eximia, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Modiomorpha subalata var.chemungensts. The following is a list of the less abundant, associated species: Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, O. leander, Stictopora meeki, Atin- opteria perstrialis, Callonema sp., Leptodesma sp., Discina grandis, Gontophora hamultonensis, Nucula diffidens, Plumulina plumaria, Conularia congregata, Schizodus chemungensis, Microdon bellistria- tus, Productella speciosa, Ambocelia umbonata?, Spirifer mesastrt- alis, Leptodesma mathert?, Grammysia subarcuata, G. bisulcata, Chonetes scitula, Gomphoceras tumidum, Letopteria sp?, Tentaculi- tes spiculus, Modiomorpha mytiloides, Strophodonta perplana. Station 4.—Quarry at the south end of Cayuga street. The sandstone here is inclined to be shelly and thin bedded. Fossils are not very abundant. The following species were col- lected: Rhynchonella eximia c, Chonetes setigera, C. scitula, Lin- gula complanata, Microdon bellistriatus, Grammysia subarcuata?, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis c, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Plumulina plumaria. The occurrence of Lingula complanata, of which a single speci- men was found at this station in the midst of the Ithaca fauna, is worthy of special note. This is the most abundant. and char- acteristic species of the Ithaca shale, but is seldom found in the typical Ithaca fauna. Station 5.—Quarry southwest of Quarry Street bridge, 140 feet above S/adion r. The following species occur here, the first four being very abundant in some layers: Rhynchonella eximia, Spirifer mesacos- talis, S. mesastrialis, Sti€topora meeki, Glossites depressus?, Leto- riynchus mesacostalis, Platyceras sp?, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Cryptonella eudora r, Microdon bellistriatus, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts, Pterinopecien erectus, Discina grandis. Station 6.—Inclined plane above the railroad, 170 feet above Station Tr. The species constituting the bulk of the fauna at this locality are Sprrifer mesastrialis, S. mesacostalis, Stiétopora meekt. Species less common are Palgoneilo filosa, Cyrtina hamiltonensts. Station 7.—Quarry at the south end of Hazen street, 230 feet above Station 7. The following is the list of species obtained at this quarry: 26 BULLETIN 6 26 Schizodus chemungensts, Chonetes lepida, C. scitula, Leda diversa, Orthis impressa, Spirifer mesastrialis a, Aétinopteria boydi?, Rhyn- chonella pugnus c, Crania sp., Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa, Goniophora minor, Strophodonta mucronata, Actinopteria sp., Mz- crodon bellistriatus, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, Aulopora sp., Ambocelia umbonata, Pterinea reproba, Paleoneilo plana, Produét- ella speciosa, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Atrypa reticularis, Porcellia nats?, ?Mesothyra sp., Arthroacantha ithacensts. Spirifer mesastrialis and Productella speciosa are the predomi- nant species at this station. Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa, which is not a common species at most localities, is rather com- mon in the upper part of the quarry. hynchonella pugnus is also quite common in the lower part of the quarry. Section VI, Buttermilk Creek. This section includes about 250 feet of strata beginning in the Ithaca shale at the base of Buttermilk falls. Station 7. —Base of Buttermilk falls. A very interesting fauna occurs in the dark shale at the foot of the falls. The following species have been recognized: Lzv- gula punctata a, L. spatulata?, Letorhynchus mesacostalis a, Or- this vanuxemt a, Paleoneilo constri€ia, Coleolus sp., Loxonema del- phicola c, Pleurotomaria capillaria, Grammysia subarcuata c, Lep- todesma sociale, Ambocelia umbonata, Actinopterta sp., Stictopora meekt, Productella speciosa (sm. var.), ARhynchonella eximia?, Nu- cula diffidens c, Orthoceras sp., Macrocheilus (folopea) macrosto- mus?, Phthonia cylindrica. The Ithaca shale fauna at this station contains three species which have not before been recognized in the Ithaca group. Two of these are referred with doubt, owing to the slightly flat- tened condition of the specimens to MJacrocheilus (folopea) ma- crostomus and Phthonia cylindrica, both of which are Hamilton species. The specimens referred to Orthis vanuxemi are identi- cal with the Hamilton specimens of this species; they occur abundantly through a few inches of Strata. Station 2,—60 feet above Station 1. The following is a list of the species collected at this point: Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Nucula diffidens, Pal@o- netlo filosa a, P. constritta, Stiétopora meekt, Lunulicardium fragile, Macrochetlus sp., Pleurotomaria capillaria, Schizodus sp., Modio- 27 ITHACA GROUP 27 morpha quadrula? Station 7.—97 feet above Station r. The following species were obtained at this station: (/zcrodon gregavius, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Rynchonella eximia, Lingula spatulata, Productella speciosa, Nucula diffidens?, Paleonetlo constriéta a, Leiorhynchus mesacostalis a, Chonetes scitula, Paleoneilo plana? Station 4.—162 feet above Station r. The following species were obtained from the dark arenaceous sandstone above the falls: Spzvzfer mesacostalis c, Cyrtina hamil- tonensis, Stitlopora meeki, Modiomorpha subalata?, M. subalata var. chemungensis, Paleonetlo constri¢ia, Nucula corbuliformis?, Leda diversa, Aétinopteria perstrialis a. This station is the first of this section in which Sf/zvifer mes- acostalis occurs in abundance and marks the beginning of the typical Ithaca fauna. Station 5.—At the foot of the dam, 182 feet above Station r. The sandstone flags here contain an abundant fauna similar to that in the University quarry. ‘The following species were identified: Spzvzfer mesastrialis a, S. mesacostalis a, Cryptonella eudora, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Stictopora meekt, crinoid stems. Station 6.—35 feet above the last station. The following characteristic species of the Ithaca group occur here abundantly: Atvypa reticularis, Spirifer mesacostalts, Stro- phodonta mucronata, Produétella speciosa. Station 7.—242 feet above Station 1. The following species occur here in the arenaceous, shelly sandstone: S¢rophodonta mucronata, Spirifer mesacostalis, Atrypa reticularis, Microdon bellistriatus. Section VII, McKinney’s Station. This section extends from the base of the lower Portage into the Ithaca group. The exposures on which it is based occur along the east side of Cayuga lake from the point where the Genesee disappears beneath the lake to McKinney’s station, and in the north glen at the station. Station z.—At the sinking of the Genesee beneath the lake. About to feet above the lake, in the Portage shales, two species occur in some layers rather abundantly. These are Glyp- 28 BULLETIN 6 28 tocardia speciosa and Chonetes lepida. A single small specimen of Spirifer resembling S. mesastrialis was found at this station. Station 2.—About % mile south of Station 7, at the side of the railroad, the following species were found: Lunzulicardium fragile, Glyptocardia speciosa, Goniatites sinuosus, Chonetes lepida, Coleolus aciculum, Strophodonta mucronata, Cladochonus sp., Lin- gula spatulata, Paleonetlo emarginata. The occurrence of Stvophodonta mucronata here in the lower Portage fauna is of special interest since it is a very abundant fossil in the Ithaca group. Station 3.—A short distance south of Station 2, at the side of the railroad, the following species have been obtained in the Portage shales: Cladochonus sp., Strophodonta mucronata, Nucult- tes oblongus, Ambocelia umbonata, Chonetes lepida, Pleurotomaria sp., Paleoneilo constritia, P. filosa, Glyptocardia speciosa, Coleolus aciculum, Lunulicardium fragile, Leptodesma sociale?, Goniatites discotdeus, G. sinuosus, Loxonema sp., crinoid stems. Station 4.—In the north glen at McKinney’s station, 20 feet above the lake. In the tough arenaceous sandstone at this horizon, a second zone of Spirifer levis has been discovered. ‘The associated fau- na of .S. /evds at this horizon appears to be much less abundant than that of the upper zone. The only other species identified are Strophodonta mucronata, a species of Mfacrodon, and Goniatites stnuosus. ‘The upper S. /evis bed in this section lies r1o feet higher. Station 5.—35 feet above Station g and 85 feet below the upper Spzvifer levis bed, the following species were obtained: Glyptocardia speciosa, Rhynchonella pugnus, Coleolus aciculum, Aétinopteria boydi?, Goniatites sp., Leda diversa, Grammysia sp?, Mytilarca chemungensis, Lunulicardium fragile? The discovery of Rhynchonella pugnus at this station extends its vertical range in this region from a limited zone in the Ith- aca group into the middle Portage, about 100 feet below the base of the Ithaca group. Station 6.—The shelly sandstone and silicious shale at this sta- tion which is 75 feet above the lake and 65 feet below the up- per Spirifer levis zone, contain an abundance of Glyptocardia speciosa and Lunulicardium fragile; associated with these are Strophodonta mucronata, Pal@onetlo filosa, Nucula diffidens, Gont- on ——s 29 ITHACA GROUP 29 atites sp., Coleolus sp. Station 7.—The upper Spzrifer levis zone of the Portage is exposed here, 140 feet above the lake. Spzvifer levis occurs here even more abundantly than at the Fall Creek locality. The small number of associated species obtained is due doubtless to the small amount of time spent in collecting them. They are as follows: Chonetes lepida, Nucula sp., Crania sp., Leda diversa, Paleoneilo filosa a, Lunulicardium fragile, crinoid stems. The S. /evis bed is followed by about 20 feet of coarse shales alternating with thin bedded sandstone to the base of the Ith- aca shale. Station 8.—From the lower part of the Ithaca shale, 160 feet above the lake, the following species were obtained: Lunulicar- dium fragile a, Leptodesma sociale a, Lingula complanata a, Coleo- lus aciculum, Conularia congregata. Station 9.—At the top of the falls, 225 feet above the lake, the dark blue shaly sandstone contains a sparse fauna from which the following species were recognized: Produdctella truncata, Pal- @onetlo constritta, Pleurotomaria sp., Nucula sp. Station ro.—285 feet above the lake, the following species were collected: Modtomorpha neglecia?, Paleoneilo constrifta, P. filosa, Glyptocardia speciosa, Sptrifer mesacostalis, Rhynchonella eximia, Nucula diffidens, Pleurotomaria sp., P. capillaria, Nucult- tes triqueter, Taxocrinus tthacensts. The finding of Wuculites trigueter at this station adds one more species to the list of recurrent Hamilton fossils in the Ithaca group. : The presence of Glyptocardia speciosa at this station is an in- teresting instance of the recurrence of one of the most charac- teristic lower Portage fossils in the Ithaca fauna above the Ithaca shale. Station r7.—This station which is 300 feet above the lake and 160 feet above the upper Spzrzfer levis zone is the highest point at which good outcrops can be obtained. The following species were found here: Palgoneilo constritta, Letorhynchus mesacostalis a, Chonetes scitula, Spirifer mesacostalts, Microdon gregarius, Rhynchonella eximia, Pal@oneilo filosa. 30 BULLETIN 6 30 Section VIII, Glenwood. The Glenwood section includes 385 feet of strata exposed by the stream entering the lake at Glenwood. The section begins in the Genesee shale and ends in the lower part of the Ithaca group. No collecting was done in the lower part of the section. Station 1.—Just below the railroad, 170 feet above the lake. The following characteristic lower Portage species were ob- tained here: Glyptocardia speciosa a, Pal@oneilo constricia, Gontia- tites sinuosus, Orthoceras sp., Ambocelia umbonata. Station 2,—210 feet above the lake. The upper Sfzvifer levis zone was found at this point. The fauna obtained here is as follows: Spz7zfer levis a, Orthoceras sp., Leda diversa, Plumulina plumaria, Paleoneilo brevis, Lunulicar- dium fragile, Aulopora sp., Lingula sp., Chonetes lepida, Gram- mysia subarcuata, Gontatites sp., Schizodus sp? Station 3.—260 feet above the lake. The Lingula shale here contain abundant specimens of the following species: Lingula complanata, L. punctata, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Produétella speciosa, Psilophyton princeps. Station 4.—360 feet above the lake. This station is above the Ithaca shale in the lower part of the Ithaca group. It is remarkable for the great abundance of the species which occur in the sandy shales, and for the presence of Phacops rana in abundance in a single layer. The list of fos- sils obtained is as follows: Chonetes scitula a, C. setigera a, C.. lepida c, Ambocelia umbonata c, Letorhynchus mesacostalis a, Glos- sites depressus, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Gram- mysia subarcuata, Lingula complanata, Paleonetlo constricia, Po- tertocrinus sp., Rhynchonella eximia, Conularia congregata, Sti¢to- pora meeki, Crania hamiltonie c, Lepidodendron sp., Mesothyra sp? Station 5.—385 feet above the lake. The species noted at this station are Productella speciosa, Am- bocelia umbonata, Orthoceras sp., Microdon gregarius, Modiomor- pha subalata var. chemungensis. Section IX, Renwick Brook. This section is located about % mile north of the southeast corner of the lake. The vertical section studied here is about 250 feet in thickness, beginning below the upper Spz7zfer levis 31 ITHACA GROUP 31 bed of the Portage. Station 1.—This station which is 45 feet above the lake, marks the position of the upper Spzrzfer levis zone of the Portage. Very few fossils besides S. /evzs were found; they consist prin- cipally of fragments of Gonzatites sp., crinoid stems, Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga, and Glossites depressus? Station 2.—In the Ithaca shale, 50 feet above Station r, the following fauna was found: Lunulicardium fragile a, Leptodesma soctale a, Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Gontatites discoideus, Lingula complanata. Station 3.—95 feet above Station 7, the following fauna oc- curs: Lezorhynchus mesacostalis, Lingula complanata, Loxonema sp., Productella speciosa, Chonetes scitula, Orthoceras pecator, Lep- todesma sociale. Station 4.—195 feet above Station 7, the following species oc- cur: Pleurotomaria capillaria, Spirifer mesacostalis, Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis, Grammysia subarcuata, Palgonetlo plana, Productella speciosa, Rhynchonella eximia, Letorhynchus mesacostalts. Station 5.—Plumulina plumaria occurs at this point, 220 feet above Station 7, in a Single stratum, in great abundance. Asso-’ ciated with it are Rhynchonella eximia, Crania sp., Spirifer mes- acostalis, and Ambocelia umbonata. Stations 6 & 7.—235-feet above Staton 1, the following fauna occurs: Rhynchonella stephant, R. eximia, Actinopteria sp., Gom- phoceras tumidum, Fuomphalus sp?, Ambocelia umbonata, Pleuro- tomaria sp., Chonetes setigera. Section X, Newfield Creek. The exposures of the Newfield section occur along the gorge of Newfield creek. The section begins in the Ithaca group rocks and extends through them to the unfossiliferous flags and shales above. From the last station of this section, which is - 350 feet above the Inlet valley, to the tops of the hills which rise 700 feet above the valley, the flags and shales appear to be entirely barren of fossils. Station r.—At the foot of the cascade at the lower end of the gorge, the rock is an arenaceous, shelly sandstone. ‘The 32 BULLETIN 6 32 horizon here is evidently above the Ithaca shale. Only a few fossils were obtained. Falzonetlo constritta, Chonetes scitula and Nucula diffidens being the most abundant. Station 2.—Above the cascade, 60 feet higher than Szaton 7, the more common species are Leiorhynchus mesacostalis, Modto- morpha subalata var. chemungensis, Ambocelia umbonata, and Nucula diffidens. Station 3.—At this station, 15 feet above the last, the pre- dominant fossils are Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensts, Chonetes setigera and C. scitula. Station 4.—The predominant fossils at this point which is 160 feet above Station 1, are Spirifer mesacostalis and S. mesastrialts. Some of the associated fossils are Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Rhyncho- nella eximia, Paleoneilo constriéta, and Adtinopteria perstrialis. Station 5.—180 feet above Station 1. A calcareous layer about 18 inches thick occurs here contain- ing an abundance of crinoid stems and Monticuliporoid corals. The following species were obtained here: Schzzodus chemung- ensts, Glossites depressus, Stittopora meeki, Microdon gregarius, Aétinopteria boydt, Callopora sp. Station 6.—195 feet above Szation 7. The abundant and characteristic fossils at this horizon are Atrypa reticularis, Produétella speciosa, and Spirifer mesacostalis. Station 7.—350 feet above Station r. This station is about % mile below the village of Newfield at the first rock exposure below the flour mill. A remarkable recurrent Portage fauna occurs at this locality entirely above the Ithaca group fauna. The following species were obtained: G/yf- tocardia speciosa, Lunulicardium fragile, Pal@onetlo constriéta, Co- leolus sp. Prof. Williams has found, from about the same horizon, the following additional Portage species: Lizngula complanata, Bel- lerophon mera, Strophodonta mucronata. Above this station for a distance of more than 300 feet, the rocks consist of shales and thin bedded sandstones, and appear to be barren of fossils. { Ica FAUNAS AT ITHaca, N. Y.* Ithaca Group. 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 Bal ae © ROO O O ; O j O c O fo) | , | Oo OR ROME Ohu O OMEN ZOL aT | O fo) O O © © C i } Oo O O ; fe) O fe) i | O O © © Oo : o)| OREO O : fo) Oo ; O OW etn Oy on OLN Oe O7 Oe Pa onan) : Shh: O | OO fe) ) fo) ©) Oo Oo | is 0 2 fe) fe) : ) TABLE SHOWING THE RANGE OF SOME OF THE SPECIES OF THE PoRTAGE AND ITHAA FAUNAS AT Irnaca, N. Y Lower Portage. Ith. Sh. Ithaca Group. Sioa ce Ae 238 ace PS ae ia ea 100 80 60 40 20 +f 20 40 60 80 t10¢ 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 Zaphrentis simplex. 3 : ait e 2 = : i 5 ; i Aiulopora sp.. to} tc} (o} © [o} Cladochonus sp. o E TDR OCHIN MEL NACETLSLS ee pean ene eee Arthroacantha sp........ : ° Strophodonta mucronat fo} fo) ° fo} fo) fo) fo) 6 [e) is) fa) ° (a) . Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa........... fo) fo) fe) (a) {e) fo) Strophodonta demissa.. fo) Produétella hallana.... i : © DEV OAT, SYEGIRT scoocanenoneneaceaceacqaacnoaonce fo) fo) fo) fo) fo) ° ° fo) fo) fo) e © Lingula spatulata.... fo) ; fo) Lingula complanata. co 9 P E 5 ° 4 3 ° : : : ° a ; TEASER, PEYOTE 0100150.0090000000800050000008000000 0 : 6 : : : : . 0 0 é : 0 fo) . fo) ° Cyrtina hamiltonenstis. Ambocelia umbonata. SAYA? (LD Sacaccanceoonensecnee Spirifer mesastriali. Spirifer mesacostalr Orthis impressa Rhynchonella eximia.. Rhynchonella pugnus. Letorhynchus mesacostalis, Cryptonella eudora. Atrypa reticulari Chonetes scitula.... Chonetes lepida.... Coleolus aciculum. Tentaculites spiculus. Conularia congregata... Pleurotomaria capillaria. - Bellerophon leda Bellerophon ithacensis... Gomphoceras tumidum Goniatites sinuosus...... Goniatites discotdeus.... Grammysia subarcuata. Spathella ty pica Glyptocardia speciosa.. Schizodus chemungensis Leda diversa Lunulicardium fragile: Leptodesma sociale....... Mytilarca chemungensts. Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensi Microdon bellistriatus. Microdon gregari Nucula corbuliformis Nucula diffidens... ~~ Paleoncilo constriéta.. Paleoneilo filosa Aviculopecten cancellatus. Pterinopetien ereélus Pterinea (Wertumnia ) reproba. 5 6 F 3 6 : : 3 : : : , 4 5 5 : . Phacops VANA. 0... ner o0 Fs @ 3 d - ° 0 3 a : eo ° 5 oO 0 3 : ; fo) ‘ 5 P . 6 é : S 5 6 n Plumulina plumaria. + af 0 0 4 , . : ° : F ° ° : 0 0 0 : : oO © 6 © 5 ; : : *The figures above each column in this table indicate the vertical distance above or below the upper Spirifer levis bed of the Portage. This table is based on four sections in which the Spiri/er /evis zone has been ascertained. + Spirifer levis zone. ° ° ° {e) ° (oe) te) Ol (eo) ° oooo0o: 20 ooq0000:- fe) oO . co) “ » - . . fe) 6 5 5 . : . . . . : . . . . . oO . } ° . . . . . 5 5 . . : . oO ° (cya fo) F 0 é oO 3 (e) . es a 3/0 o r 2 . : Cj : 0 0 (e) a 6 5 fo) oe atc (e) fo) (o) fe) 0 r (a) 6 fo) (s) oO Qqo- fo} + . . (e) oO 5 9 oO {oe} oO : oO : oO oO 0 : e {e) 0 A fi ° . 9 A : > . ° fon io} (eo) ©) ie Sit 33 ITHACA GROUP 33 PART III. List OF SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE POTRAGE AND ITHACA GROUPS. The present list contains all of the species which have been found by the writer or reported by other from these faunas at Ithaca, together with notes on their range, abundance and varia- tion. Ccelenterata. Cladochonus sp. An undetermined species of this genus is one of the most abundant and characteristic fossils of the lower Portage. Aulopora sp. A species of Aulopora attached to the valves of brachiopods is common at many localities in the Ithaca group and in the upper Spzrifer levis zone of the Portage. Stromatopora sp. This genus has been reported by Prof. Williams from the Ithaca group. Stiétopora meeki Nicholson. A very abundant fossil throughout the Ithaca group. Zaphrentis simplex? Hall. Specimens resembling this species have been found at a sin- gle locality in a calcareous sandstone in Williams Creek section. Callopora sp. I have found an undetermined species of this genus occurring abundantly in a calcareous stratum at station 10-5. Echinodermata. Taxocrinus tthacensis H. S. W. A single perfecét specimen from the Ithaca group at station 7-10 has been found. Arthroacantha tthacensis H. S. W. ‘ This crinoid is rather common at station 1-13 in the upper 34 BULLETIN 6 34 part of the Ithaca group. The original specimens came from the bottom of the gorge below Triphammer falls. Poteriocrinus cornellianus H. S. W. Reported by H. S. Williams from the Ithaca group. Poteriocrinus clarket var. alpha A. S. W. Lower Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Poteriocrinus (Decadocrinus) gregarius H. S. W. Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Poteriocrinus ( Decadocrinus) zethus H. S. W. Portage group?>—H. S. Williams. Taxocrinus tthacensis var. alpha H.S. W. Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Taxocrinus curtus H. S. W. Portage group.—H. S. Williams. Molluscoidea and Mollusca. Brachiopoda. . Discina neglecta Hall. Upper Ithaca group. Discina grandis? Hall. Specimens which appear to belong to this species occur in the Ithaca group. Lingula complanata H. S. W. Abundant in the Ithaca shale. Lingula punctata Hall. Ithaca shale. Lingula spatulata Hall. Ithaca shale. Lingula ligea Hall. Ithaca shale. Crania sp. A species of Cyvanza resembling C. hamiltonze occurs through the Portage and Ithaca rocks. 35 ITHACA GROUP 35 Cyrtina hamiltonensis Hall. . Very abundant in the upper part of the Ithaca group. The large number of specimens of this species which have been examined show but slight tendency to vary, except in size. Average specimens have a width of about % inch along the hinge line; the longest noticed measured seven-tenths of an inch. Ambocelia umbonata Conrad. Abundant in the Ithaca group. Strophodonta mucronata Hall. Very abundant in the upper Ithaca group. It also occurs through most of the Portage. Strophodonta perplana var. nervosa Hall. Occurs in the Ithaca group but is less common than the pre- ceding. Strophodonta demissa? Con. A rare species in the Ithaca group. Produétus ( Produ€tella) hallanus Walcott. Two or three specimens of this species have been found in the upper part of the Ithaca group. Productella speciosa Hall. This is an abundant and charateristic species of the Ithaca group. The larger specimens measure from four-fifths to one inch in width. The most abundant species associated with it in the Ithaca group are Stvophodonta mucronata, Spirifer mesacos- talis, and Cyrtina hamiltonensis. Produétella truncata Hall. This is a common species in the Ithaca shale. It seems to differ from P. speciosa only in size, some specimens measuring not more than one-tenth of an inch, while those of average size are from three-tenths to two-fifths of an inch in width. In the lower part of the Ithaca group, forms occur which seem to be intermediate between P. truncata and P. speciosa. Spirifer mesacostalis Hall. Abundant in the Ithaca group. S. mesacostalis shows a large amount of variation in specimens from the same horizon. Vari- ation occurs principally in connection with four different charac- ters,—the number of plications, the extent of the hinge line, 36 BULLETIN 6 36 the character of the median fold, whether single or duplicate, and the presence or absence of a plication in the sinus. In fifty specimens examined, from 200 to 385 feet above the upper Port- age S. /evis zone, the number of plications varied from 12 to 24, the average number being 16. A very small per cent., perhaps one in 50 0r 60, of specimens from the horizon of Triphammer falls and Eddy’s dam (385 feet above the S. /evzs zone) show a duplicate median fold, and about the same number show a trace of a plication in the sinus. Neither of these characters have been noticed in specimens from below this horizon. All of the specimens which were properly preserved, show the distinct me- dian septum extending nearly through the muscular scars in the ventral valve. The greatest amount of variation, however, is in the extent of the hinge line. In some specimens, the hinge line does not extend beyond the margin of the valves, while in others its delicate spine-like projections more than equal the width of the valves. Spirtfer levis Hall. Prof. Williams has reported this species from the upper part of the Ithaca group and the writer has found several specimens of it 130 feet below the upper Portage S. /evzs zone, so that this species is now known to havea vertical range of not less than SOO) Teer. Spirifer fimbriata Morton. Lower part of the Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Spirifer angusta Hall. Lower Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Spirifer mesastrialis Hall. This is a very abundant species in the Ithaca group. It has not been found in the Portage. Orthis tmpressa Hall. This is one of the characteristic fossils of the Ithaca group. Most specimens have the length and breadth nearly equal, both dimensions averaging 14% inches. The Chemung form of this species differs from that at Ithaca, according to Prof. Williams, by having the shell wider than long. khynchonella (Stenoschisma) eximia Hall. Occurs through the greater part of the Ithaca group. 37 ITHACA GROUP 37 The forms described as A. eximia and R. stephant appear to be varieties of the same species. The larger specimens sometimes have a width of one inch, and the strong angular plications char- acteristic of R. sfephanz. The ratio of length and breadth varies considerably in different individuals; generally the length is slightly greater than the width, but in some individuals the length and breadth have the ratio of 8 to11. ‘The majority of the specimens are not more than 4% to % inch in width and have the finer plications of A. exzmza. Rhynchonella contraéia Fall. Lower part of the Ithaca group. Ryhnchonella pugnus Martin. This species which has heretofore been known only in the Ithaca fauna, I have found in the Portage below the upper Spirifer levis zone. Letorhynchus mesacostalis Hall. This species is very abundant in the Ithaca group, occurring in some layers almost to the exclusion of other species. The specimens vary greatly in size, the largest measuring about 1% inches at the greatest width, while average specimens: measure about 34 of an inch. Ledorhynchus stnuatus is probably a small variety of this species. Cryptonella eudora Hall. This species appears to have a very limited vertical range. It occurs abundantly near the middle of the Ithaca group. Atrypa reticularis Hall. This species becomes abundant in the upper part of the Ith- aca group. It seems to be entirely absent from the Portage and the lower part of the Ithaca fauna. Atrypa aspera Fall. Abundant at a few localities in the upper part of the Ithaca group. Chonetes lepida Hall. This is a common Portage species. It occurs in the Ithaca group, but less frequently. Chonetes scitula Hall. Specimens of the C. scztula type occur associated with C. seéz- 38 BULLETIN 6 38 gera, but are much less common than the latter. This species seems to be a variety of C. setigera; the same is probably, but less certainly, true of C. lepzda. Pteropoda. Tantaculites spiculus Hall. This is a rare species in the Ithaca group. Styliolina fissurella Hall. This species is recorded by Williams from the Portage and the lower part of the Ithaca group. Coleolus aciculum Hall. Common in the Portage and the Ithaca shale. Flyolithes aclis Hall, Lower Portage.—H. S. Williams. Conularia congregata Hall. Occurs in the Ithaca shale rarely; more common in the mid- dle and upper part of the Ithaca group. Coleoprion sp. This genus is recorded by Williams from the upper Spz7ifer levis zone of the Portage. Gastropoda. Euomphalus (Straparollus) hecale Hall. Ithaca group.—H. 8. Williams. Pleurotomaria capillaria Fall. Common through the Portage and Ithaca groups. Loxonema delphicola Hall. This species is common in the lower part of the Ithaca group above the Ithaca shale. Bellerophon leda Fall. This isa rather rare species in the upper part of the Ithaca group. Bellerophon explanatus? Hall. A few specimens from the upper part of the Ithaca group, stations 2-9, 2-14, and 2-16, are referred with doubt to this 39 ITHACA GROUP 39 species. They are much smaller than the specimen figured by Hall, and have the dorsum flat instead of rounded as in that species. Bellerophon ithacensis n. sp., DIRT Soe lat 2 The specimens on which this species is based are somewhat distorted and crushed. Shell of medium size. Width of flattened specimen greater than the length. The aperture is considerably expanded. Vo- lutions apparently not more than one or two. ‘The dorsum is marked with a sharp elevated carina. The surface is marked by a peculiar wrinkling, varying in its development from roughly transverse striz to a pustulose or reticulate surface. The ornamentation of this species is unique, readily distin- guishing it from any other of the genus. From the Ithaca group, station 1-13. Macrochetlus ( Holopea) macrostomus? Hall. A single well-preserved specimen of this genus has been ob- tained from station 6-1, in the lower part of the Ithaca group. Platystoma lineatum var. callosum Fall. This gastropod is rather common in the University quarry as- sociated with Spivifer mesacostalis and S. mesrstrialts. Platyceras carinatum Fall. Common at a few localities in the Ithaca group. Cephalopoda. Orthoceras fulgidum Hall. This is rather rare in the Ithaca group. Orthoceras leander Hall? A few specimens from the Ithaca group are referred to this species. Orthoceras pecator Hall. Two specimens were obtained from the Ithaca group at sta- tion 2-12. Orthoceras anguis Hall. Occurs in the upper Spzvifer levis zone of the Portage. 40 BULLETIN 6 i 40 Orthoceras demus Hall. Specimens referred to this genus were found in the Ithaca group at station I-11. Orthoceras leander Hall. From the Ithaca group. Orthoceras pertextum Hall. This species is recorded from the Ithaca group by Hall. Orthoceras bebryx var. cayuga Hall. This is the most abundant species of Orthoceras found at Ith- aca. It ranges throughout the Ithaca group. Gomphoceras tumidum “Hall. This species is rather common in the Ithaca group. A small variety of it occurs in the upper Sf. /evis zone of the Portage. Porcellia nats Hall.* This is a rare species occurring occasionally in the Ithaca group. Gontatites sinuosus Hall. This species ranges from the lower Portage through the Ithaca group. 4 Goniatites peracutus Hall. A single well preserved specimen from station 4-2, about fif- teen feet above the Spzvifer levis zone. (Omitted in list, p. 23). Gontatites complanatus Hall. This is acommon species in the Portage. Gontatites discotdeus Hall. Common in the Portage. Gontatites simulator Hall. Ithaca group.—Hall. Gontatites uniangularis Con. Some specimens from the Ithaca group are doubtfully referred to this species. Pelecypoda. Phthonia cylindrica Hall. A single entire specimen of this species has been found at - * Classed by the writer among cephalopods, doubtless by mistake.—ED. 41 ITHACA GROUP 41 station 6-1 in the Ithaca shale. It has not been reported before from the Ithaca group. Phthonia livata Hall. Ithaca shale.—H. S. Williams. Pholadella radiata Hall. Ithaca group.—Hall. Spathella typica Fall. Common in the Portage and Ithaca groups. Schizodus chemungensis Hall. This is a common species in the upper part of the Ithaca group at Ithaca. Schizodus chemungensts var. gquadrangularis Hall. A few specimens have the distinétly erect form of the variety described as guadrangularis by Hall. Glossites depressus Hall. This species occurs in the Sfzv7fer levis zone, and is occasion- ally found in the Ithaca group. Grammysia subarcuata Hall. This is a common species throughout most of the Ithaca group. It also occurs in the upper Portage. Prof. Hall has recorded the three following species of Grvam- mysta from the ‘‘lower Chemung”’ at Ithaca: Grammysia magna Hall, G. civcularis Hall, and G. elliptica Hall. Gontophora minor Hall. Rather common in the Ithaca group. Gontophora hamiltonensis Hall. This species occurs in the Ithaca group, but less commonly than the preceding. E:dmondia subovata Hall. Common in the upper part of the Ithaca group. Microdon ( Cypricardella) bellistriatus (Conrad) Hall. _ Common throughout most of the Ithaca group. It has not been found in the Portage. Microdon gregarius Hall. This species is associated with the former, but is less common. 42 BULLETIN 6 42 VMicrodon tenutstriatus Hall. From the lower part of the Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Conocardium liratum Hall. This species is reported from the Ithaca group by Prof. Hall. Glyptocardia speciosa Hall. This species which is a characteristic and abundant Portage fossil, has been found in a recurrent Portage fauna above the Ithaca group; found occasionally in the midst of the Ithaca fauna. Ptychodesma nanum Fall. Ithaca group.—Hall. Panenka sp. Two imperfect specimens of this genus have been found in the Ithaca group in the Fall Creek section. Macrodon chemungensis? Hall. Specimens corresponding to the species except in surface mark- ing, occur sparingly in the upper part of the Ithaca group. The surface of the shell is marked by indistinét concentric strize which are almost obliterated by reticulating lines which mark the surface of the shell with regular rows of small pustules, giv- ing it a distinctly reticulated appearance. Pararca sp. A few fragmentary specimens of this genus have been found in the Ithaca group. Nucula diffidens Hall. This is a common species in the Portage and Ithaca groups. Nucula corbuliformis Hall. — A few specimens occur associated with JV. diffidens which ap- | pear to be identical with WV. corbuliformis of the Hamilton. Nucula lamellata Fall. This is apparently a rare species in the Ithaca group. Two specimens. Nuculites triqueter Con. A single good specimen of this species was obtained from sta- tion 7-10 in the Ithaca group. Paleoneilo constriéta (Conrad) Hall. This is a very common fossil of the Portage and Ithaca groups, 43 ITHACA GROUP 43 occurring at nearly every station, and usually associated with ?. filosa. It varies greatly in form and size. The specimens referred to this species include many which correspond to Hall’s figures of P. maxima, but which seem to be only variations of the P. constriéta type. Paleoneilo constriéta var. flexuosa (Conrad) Hall. Ithaca group.—Hall. Paleoneilo filosa Con. This is a common species of the Portage and Ithaca groups. It shows comparatively little tendency to variation. Well pre- served specimens show distinct, fine striz between the coarser ones on the posterior part of the shell, similar to P. fecunda. Paleoneilo plana Fall. This species occurs in the Ithaca group, but is much less common than the two preceding. Paleoneilo emarginata? (Conrad) Hall. Two imperfect specimens from the Ithaca group are referred to this species. Leda diversa Hall. This species is rather common in the Portage and Ithaca groups. Leda curta? Meek. Lower Portage.—H. S. Williams. Leda perstriata Hall. Upper Spirifer levis zone.—H. S. Williams. Modiomorpha subalata var. chemungensis Hall. This is one of the most abundant species in the Ithaca group. Modiomorpha subalata Hall. Some specimens froin the Portage and Ithaca groups corre- spond to 4/7. subalata of the Hamilton. Modiomorpha concentrica Yall. A few specimens have been found in the Ithaca group. Modiomorpha complanata Hall. From the lower part of the Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Modiomorpha neglecta? Hall. A single specimen from station 7-10 is referred to this species. 44 BULLETIN 6 44 Mytilarca chemungensits Hall. This species is common at station 4-5, and from a few local- ities in the Ithaca group. A single specimen from the Sfzvifer levis bed at Ithaca falls differs from the ordinary specimens of 17. chemungensis in its erect form and small size. Mytilarca umbonata Hall. From the Ithaca group.—Hall. Leptodesma sociale Hall. This is a charaCteristic species of the Portage and Ithaca shale, and occurs less frequently in the Ithaca group. Different indi- viduals show great variation in the extension of the wing, the gibbosity of the shell, and the obliquity of the body. Some specimens correspond closely to Hall’s figures of Z. potens and L. potens var. juvens, but they probably represent variations of L. sociale, Leptodesma sp? : Imperfect specimens of one or two large species of Leptodesma have been found in the upper part of the Ithaca group. Leptodesma naviforme Hall. From the Ithaca group.—Hall. Pterinea (Vertumnia) reproba Hall. Common in the upper part of the Ithaca group. Pterinopeéien erectus Hall. This isa rare species. A few specimens have been obtained from the Ithaca group at the University quarry and in Fall creek. Pterinopecten suborbicularis Hall. Occurs in the Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Aviculopecten cancellatus Hall. From the Ithaca group.—H. S. Williams. Aviculopecten fasciculatus Hall. This species is rather rare in the Ithaca group. One speci- men referred to this species is from station 2-14. Aviculopecten striatus? Hall. Specimens which appear to belong to this species are found 45 ITHACA GROUP 45 occasionally in the Ithaca group. Aviculopecien rugestriatus? Hall. A few specimens which are found in the Portage and Ithaca groups are doubtfully referred to this species. Aviculopecten lautus var. ithacensis n. var., PIS it, toe, 3 The specimen on which this variety is based differs from 4. lautus, figured by Hall, in having the beak prominent, the hinge line much shorter than the width of the shell, very dis- tinét concentric striz, and only a portion of the strong rays with intermediate finer ones. The left valve has a width of nine-twentieths and a height of two-fifths of an inch. From the Portage at the foot of Ithaca falls. Aétinopteria sp. Specimens of this genus are common through the Ithaca group and upper Portage. Prof. Hall has described ten species of Aétinopteria from Ithaca. These probably represent variations of two or three species. All I have seen I have been able to refer to the three following species:— ACtinopteria tenuistriata Fall. A few specimens from the Portage and the lower part of the Ithaca group are referred to this species. Attinopteria boydi Hall. Typical specimens of this species are abundant at Triphammer and other localities in the upper Ithaca fauna. Adtinopteria perstrialis Hall. Specimens referred to this species are common in the Portage and Ithaca rocks. The points of difference made by Hall between his Ithaca species of Ad?zmopteria, are shown in the following synopsis of their chara¢ters:— Analytical key to the species of A€tinopteria. A. Body nearly erect, broadly ovate; hinge line extended. A. Concentric striz crenulating the rays and bending back in the interspaces. Aétinopteria zeta. A’. Concentric striz not crenulating the rays nor bending back in the interspaces; form quadrate. A. tenuitstriata. 46 BULLETIN 6 46 B. Body not very oblique. &. Surface marked by concentric strize mined curve backward between the radii. fr. Strong radii, usually without interstitial additions. A. boyd. fs2. Slender radii with interstitial additions. br. Body broadly ovate; oblique, at an angle of about 55°. A. theta. 62. Body broad and short ovate; oblique, at an angle of about 45°. VANAOE: . Surface not marked by concentric strize which curve back- ward between the radii. f'r. Strong elevated rays and wider interspaces. A. epsilon. f'2. Radii, fine. é'r. Body at an angle of about 60° with the hinge. A. delta. 6’2. Body at an angle of about 45° with the hinge. b’1. Shell small, body subrhomboidal, subovate. A. perstrialis. b’2. Shell of medium size, rhomboidal, body broadly ovate. A. iota. C. Body very oblique. Radi filiform, interrupted and undulating. A. kappa. Crustacea. Phacops rana Hall. This species is abundant at a single locality in the Ithaca group, station 8-4. Mesothyra oceant Hall. This is a rare species in the Portage group. Vertebrata. Pisces. Dipterus tthacensts H. S. W. Lower Ithaca group and Ithaca shale.—H. S. Williams. 47 ITHACA GROUP 47 Plante. Plumulina plumaria Fall. This species occurs abundantly at many localities in the Ithaca group. I have also found it in the upper Sfzrzfer levis fauna at Glenwood. Psilophyton princeps Dawson. Common in the Ithaca shale and Portage group. Rachiopteris punctata Dawson. Occurs in the Ithaca shale.-—H. S. Williams. Lepidodendron sp. Fragments of a species of Lepidodendron have been found in the Ithaca group at station 8-4. TypicAL, CHEMUNG FAUNA. The Chemung fauna does not occur in any of the Ithaca sec- tions, but the following list represents it at the typical locality, near Chemung village, as determined by Prof. Williams*:— Orthts tioga, Streptorhynchus chemungensis, Aviculopecien pec- tentformts Hall, — Pterinea chemungensts (Con.) H. S. W., Stvo- phodonta cayuta, S. demissa, Produétella lachrymosa var. lima, P. costatula, Spirifer disjunéius, Ambocelia umbonata var. gregaria, Atrypa reticularis, Rhynchonella contracta, Letorhynchus sinuatus, L. mesacostalis, Cryptonella eudora, Pteronites spinigerus Con., Pterinea protexta Con., Avicula multilineata Con., Cypricardites (Gontophora) chemungensis, Schizodus (Nuculites) chemungensts (Con.), Grammysia subarcuata H. & Whit. The rare species are Chonetes setigera, C. illinotsensis?, Pleuro- tomaria capillaria, Euomphalus sp., Collonema sp., Rhynchonella sappho, Orthis michelini 1,’ Ev. (if distinct from O. vanuxemi ), Glyptodesma sp., Bellerophon mera, Platyceras sp., Cyclonema sp.., Orthts carinata, O. leonensis, Knorria sp., Cladochonus sp., Stro- phodonta perplana var. nervosa, Taxocrinus ithacensts, Gomphoce- ras sp., Spirifer fimbriata, ‘‘Fucoides graphica,’’ Spirifer meesa- costalis (2d var.), Atrypa aspera, Orthis impressa (wide var.), Rhynchonella orbicularis, Discina grandis, Mytilarca chemungensis. * Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 3. 48 BULLETIN 6 48 PART IV. SUMMARY. The detailed lists of the preceding pages show that we have represented here four faunas. The work of Dr. H. S. Williams* has left little to be done in determining their composition and order of sequence. The efforts of the writer have therefore been directed toward ascertaining the extreme limits of the vertical range of the several species beyond their zone of culmination, by a minute study of several sections. A precise knowledge of the vertical range of the dominant species of a fauna is very essen- tial to a correct interpretation of its history. If the principal species of a fauna can be shown to be entirely absent from the beds below it, then it may be considered a migratory fauna. The scarcity of the principal representatives of a fauna below their horizon of culmination might give a locally developed fau- na the appearance of having migrated into a region. The principal result of this study has been to extend the vertical range of some of the well known species of these fau- nas, and to determine more definitely that of others. The range of a number of these is shown by the table. By reference to the same, it will be seen that two of the most abundant and char- acteristic Portage species, Glyptocardia speciosa and Lunulicar- dium fragile, have been found in the midst of the Ithaca group. One of the most interesting of such forms here—Sfirifer levis— has been fonnd 110 feet below the well known zone at the base of Ithaca falls. Some of the species of the Ithaca fauna not previously known below it, have been found in the Portage rocks. One of the most interesting of these is Ryhnchonella pugnus Martin, which I have found at station 7-5. /lumulina plumaria has been found at a few localities associated with Spirifer levis near the middle of the Portage. The number of recurrent Hamilton fossils previously known from the Ithaca group has been increased by the discovery of some additional species. These are Phacops rana, which occurs abundantly in a single layer in the Ithaca group (station 8-4), Orthis vanuxemi, also abundant at a single locality (station 6-1), Modiomorpha mytilotdes, Nuculites triqueter, Strophodonta perplana, Phthonia cylindrica. * Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv.; No. 3. 49 ITHACA GROUP 49 A comparison of the Ithaca and Portage faunas shows that nearly all of the typical Portage species occur, though less 2bund- antly, in the Ithaca fauna. Some of the most abundant species of the Ithaca fauna, Cyrtina hamiltonensis and Strophodonta mucronata, are present in the Portage. A few of the most dis- tinctive species of the Ithaca fauna as Cryptonella eudora and Spivifer mesacostalis, are not found in the Portage and the Ith- aca shale. The prevalence of the Ithaca shale conditions and the Lingula fauna probably led to the shifting of some of the Portage species, since they appear to be absent from the Ithaca shale; with the return of sandy sediments, the Portage species, some of which were thinned almost to extinction, were accom- panied by Hamilton species which were probably derived from the east and by others not before known from the New York system, giving rise to the cosmopolitan Ithaca fauna. An examination of the Chemung fauna also reveals its close relationship to the Ithaca fauna. Several of the species are common to both. ‘There is, however, a smaller per cent. of species common to the Chemung and Ithaca, than of those com- mon to the latter and the Portage fauna. This together with the fat that Portage species occur in the Ithaca group, and that a typical Portage fauna occurs above the Ithaca, seem to indicate that the latter has a closer relationship to the Portage and shouldbe classed in the Portage epoch. A LIsT OF THE MORE IMPORTANT PAPERS AND WORKS CON- SULTED IN THE PREPARATION OF THIS WORK. ISeSe weal yas 2dy Ann Rept 4th) Geols Distyot, NV.) PP. 287-373. nego. (Conrad, i. AU ied Ann?] Rept Geol; Survijoi N:, Y., vol. ili, pp. 57-60. 1841. Conrad, T. A. 5th Ann’l Rep’t on the Paleont. Dep’t, Geol. Surv. of N. Y., vol. v, pp. 25-57. 1842. Conrad, I. A. Obs. on Sil. & Dev. Systems of U. S.., with descriptions of new organic remains; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. viii, part ii, pp. 228-280. 1842. Hall, Jas. Explanation of two sections at Portage; Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xlv, pp. 329-330. Tre42. Hall yas oury. ath’ Geol. Dist: of INUM., pp 2245227, 414-449. 1846. De Verneuil, Ed. Note sur le parallélisme des roches 50 BULLETIN 6 50 des dépdts paléozoiques de 1’ Amerique septentrionale avec ceux de l’Europe, suivie d’un tableau des espéces fossils communes aux deux continents, avec l’indication des étages ou elles se rencontrent, et terminée par un examen critique de chacune de ces espéces.—Bulletin de la Société de France, AS SSUES, [he TN 5 (On LNG 7 Os 1848. Conrad, T. A. Descriptions of new species of fossils, re- cent shells and corals; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. iti, PP. 19-27. 1852. Hall, Jas. Paleontology of N. Y., vol. ii. 1857. Hall, Jas. Descriptions of Paleeozoic fossils; roth Ann’l Rep’t N. Y. State Cabinet Nat. Hist., pp. 41-180. 1858. Bigsby, J. J. On the Paleozoic basin of the State of New York. /art /.—A synoptical view of the mineralogical and fossil characters of the Paleozoic strata of the State of New York; Quart. Jour. Goel. Soc., vol. xiv, pp. 335-427. 1858. Bigsby, J. J. Part //.—Classification of the Paleozoic strata of the State of New York; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. XIV, pp. 427-452. 1859. Bigsby, J. J. Part /7/.—An inquiry into the sedimen- tary and other external relations of the Paleozoic fossils of the State of New York; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xv, PP. 251-335- 1860. Hall Jas. 13th Ann) Rep t N.Y: State Cabiner Nar Hist. 1861. Hall, Jas. i4th Ann’l Rep’t N. Y. State Cabinet Nat: Hist. 1862. Dawson, J. W. On the flora of the Devonian period in northeastern North America; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. XVill, pp. 296-530. 1863. Hall, Jas. Descriptions of new species of Brachiopoda from the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton and Chemung groups; 16th Ann’! Rep’t N. Y. State Cabinet Nat. Hist., pp. 19-66. 1867. Hall, Jas. Paleontology of New York, vol. iv. 1868. Hall, Jas. 20th Ann’l Rep’t N. Y. State Cabinet Nat. Hist. 1870. Hall, Jas. Prelim. Notice of Lamel., &c., part ii; pp. 1- 96. 1873. Hall, Jas. 23d Ann’l Rep’t N. Y. State Cabinet Nat: Hist. 1874. Pitt, W. H. New Grammysia; Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. 51 IrHacA GROUP 51 Sci., vol. 1. 1875. Hall, Jas. 27th Ann’l] Rep’t N. Y. State Cabinet Nat. Hist. 1876. Hall, Jas. Illustrations of Devonian fossils. 1879. Hall, Jas. Palzeontology of New York, vol. v, part il. 1880. Lesquereux, Leo. Coral flora of the Pennsylvania Coal Measures; 2d Geol. Surv. Penna., voli. 1380. Williams, H. 5. Paleontological Researches; Science, vol. i, No. 16, p. 190. 1380. Williams, H.S. Some palzeontological studies on the life history of Spivifer levis H.; Proc, Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxix; Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xx, pp 456-459. 1881. Williams, H. S. Channel fillings in the Upper Devoni- an; Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xxi, pp. 318-320. 1881. Williams, H. S. The recurrence of faunas in the Devo- rocks of New York; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxx, pp. 186-191. 1881. Williams, H. S. On fish remains from the Upper Devo- nian; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxx, p. 192. 1881. Dawson, J. W. Notes on new Erian (Devonian) plants; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxvii, pp. 299-308. 1882. Dawson, J. W. Recent discoveries in the Erian (Devo- -vonian) flora of the United States; Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xxiv, pp. 338-345. 1882. Williams, H. S. New crinoids from the rocks of the Chemung period of New York; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 17-34- TSSon Walliamisy a Soy) he undulations of the rock masses across central New York; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxxi, p. 412. 1882. Williams, H. S. Catalogue of the Fossils of the Che- mung period of North America. Ithaca, N. Y. 1882. Clarke, J. M. New phyllopod crustaceans from the De- vonian of western New York: Amer. Jour. Sci., Bdisers, xxili, pp. 476-478. : 1883. Williams, H. 5. On a remarkable fauna at the base of the Chemung group in New York; Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xXV, Pp. 97-104. 1883. Clarke, J. M. New discoveries in Devonian crustacea; Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xxv, Pp. 120-125. 1883. Dawson, J. W. On rhizocarps in the Paleozoic period; 52 BULLETIN 6 52 Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxxil, pp. 260-264. 1884. Hall, Jas. Paleontology of New York, vol. v, part i, sect. 1, Monomyaria. 1884. Williams, H.S. On the fossil faunas of the Upper De- vonian along the meridian of 76° 30’, from Tompkins county, New York, to Bradford county, Pennsylvania; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 3. 4 1884. Ringueberg, E. N.S. A new Dinichthys from the Port- age group of western. New York; Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xxvii, pp. 476-478. 1884. Hall, Jas. Preliminary notice of the lamellibranchiate shells of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton and Chemung groups, part 1; 35th Ann’l Rep’t N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., py. 215-406. 1884. Williams, H. S. On a crinoid with movable spines; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. xxi, pp. 81-88, pl. 1885. Williams, H.S. A revision of the Cayuga Lake section of the Devonian; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., p. 215; Amer. JoureScit 2d sseravely xxii) 32m, 1885. Clarke, J. M. A brief outline of the geological succes- sion in Ontario county, New York; to accompany a map; Ann’l Rep’t State Geol., 1884, pp. 2-22, map. 1885. On the higher Devonian faunas of Ontario county, New York; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16, pp. 1-86, pls. 1-3. 1885. Hall, Jas. Paleontology of New York, vol. v, part i, sect. 2, Dimyaria. 1885. Hall, Jas. Note on the intimate relations of the Che- mung group and Waverly sandstone in northwestern Penn- sylvania and southwestern New York; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Soc., vol. xxxili, pp. 416-4109. 1885. Newberry, J. S. Some peculiar screw-like fossils from the Chemung rocks; Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. iii, pp. 33°34- 1885. Beecher, C. E., Hall, J. W. and C. E. Notes on the Oneonta sandstone in the vicinity of Oxford, Chenango county, New York; 5th Ann’l Rep’t N. Y. State Geol., p. 11. 1886. Williams, H.S. Devonian Lamellibranchiata and spe- cies making; Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxxli, pp. 192-199. 1886. Williams, H.S. On the classification of the Upper De- vonian; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv.-Sci., vol. xxxiv, pp. 222- 234. 53 ITHacA GROUP 53 1886. Williams, H.S. Notes on the fossil fishes of the Gen- esee and Portage black shales; Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. v, No. 1, pp. 31-84. 1887. Clarke, J. M. Annelid teeth from the lower part of the Hamilton group and from the Naples shales of Ontario county, New York; 6th Ann’l Rep’t State Geol., pp. 30-32- 1887. Williams, H.S. On the fossil faunas of the Upper De- yonian—the Genesee section, New York; Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 41, pp. 1-121, pls. 1-4. 1887. Williams, H. 5. A revision of the Cayuga Lake section of the Devonian; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxxXv, p- 215. 1887. Williams, H. S. The Strophomenidee; a palzeontological study of the method of initiation of genera and species; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. XxxXv, P. 227. 1888. Ashburner, C. A. Petroleum and natural gas in New York State; Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engineers, vol. Xvi, p. 495. 1888. Prosser, C. S. The Upper Hamilton of Chenango and Otsego counties; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxxvi, 70, Bu 1888. Hall, Jas. and Clarke, J. M. Palzeontology of New York, vol. vii, text and plates. 1888. Williams, H. S. The different types of the Devonian System in North America; Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxxXv, Pp- 51-60. meson. vClarces i). Mi: The genus Bronteus in the Chemung rocks of New York; 8th Ann'l Rep’t State Geol., pp. 57-59: 1889. Williams, H.S5, On the relation of the Devonian faunas of Iowa; Amer. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 230-233. 1890. Williams, H. S. The Cuboides zone and its fauna; a dis- cussion of methods of correlation; Bull. Geol. Soc. of Amer., pp. 481-500, pls. 11-13. T8390). Etalliijas) 7 On the genus Spirifera and its interrelations with the genera Spiriferina, Syringothyris, Cyrtia and Cyr- tina: Bull. Geol. Soc. of Amer., vol. i, pp. 567-568. 1890. Hall, Jas. New forms of Dictyospongidee from the rocks of the Chemung group; Bull. Geol. Soc. of Amer., vol, i, pp 22-23. 1890. Prosser, C. 5. The thickness of the Devonian and Silu- tian rocks of western central New York; Amer. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 199-201. 54 BULLETIN 6 54 1891. Prosser, C.S. The geological position of the Catskill group; Amer. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 351-366. 1891 Williams, H. S. Correlation papers—Devonian and Car- boniferous; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 80, pp. 1-279. 1892. Prosser, C. S. Thickness of Devonian and Silurian rocks of western New York; Proc. Roch. Acad. Sci., vol. ii, pp. 49-104. 1892. Prosser, C.S. The Devonian system of eastern Penn- sylvania; Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xliv, pp. 210-221. 1893. Darton, N. H. The stratigraphic relations of the One- onta and Chemung formations in eastern central New York, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xlv, pp. 203-209. 1893. Prosser, C.S. The thickness of the Devonian and Silu- rian rocks of central New York; Bull. Geol. Soc. of Amer., vol. iv, pp. 91-118. 1893. Stevenson, J. J. Use of the name ‘‘Catskill’’; Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xlvi, pp. 330-337. 1894. Prosser, C. S. The Devonian system of eastern Penn- sylvania and New York; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 120. :0: 56 BULLETIN 6 56 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1. Cr) Page Rig, 1. Bellerophon (Acer says 4 yee? yas oe eee 39, 39. Dorsal view. 2M CUCLOP OIE TEMACCHISIS Ten Spa Seren eee enna 39, 39. Showing part of peristome. 3. Aviculopecten lautus var. tthacensis 1. var., X2.. 45, 45. Left valve. Page 18, line 6: Roel Dias Hele BOMan hee: 35 eer ye 52, 14: ERRATA. for Plumaria plumulina read Plumulina pluma- via. do do for sondstone read sandstone. Bho for S. mesrstrialis read S. mesastrialis. for Devo- read Devonian. for py. read pp. We regret to say that Part III does not contain a discussion of all the species mentioned by the writer in Part II. Lunult- cardium fragile is perhaps the most serious omission.—Ep. Vol. 2 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY No. 7 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE GEOLOGICAL, MINERAL- OGICAL AND PALEONTOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF THE STATE OF VIRGINIA BY THomas L. Watson Fellow in Cornell University february ro, 1897 thacarsne We We Ss Ac ‘ pt, Othe IA ae Ee he . tee his 2 + n Pe i ae = * A ae Hin 8 oy | ait sive Sa Sh) ie eee = eas i FOS t ote 4 . wat ; Ea eens . ) me ; he = oo ee z a oo / . : a sak * Le ae . , _ nel Ae : : : , j A 3 ; ‘ ; { \ if RA a rl Ly ae ae hae A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE GEOLOGICAL, MINERAL- OGICAL AND PALEONTOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF THE STATE OF VIRGINIA. BY Thomas L. Watson. SOMMARY OF CONTENTS. JESSE O BOREL WI COD ee eh Ua ee ri ek eae UA A, Sion 4 earth ae lV 3-4 LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL JOURNALS EXAMINED, &C........ 5-6 BIBLIOGRAPHY (by author, alphabetically )................... 7-90 ANIDID ID INDY ASRS eae ee OR rah secre, eas cect Us reed ee Renee MAN raRa tee Ms QI-100 EIS MEE VAS UIBIIN CE AND DARE cotuGu.ianiailce sue caenutauel Uno hes ILOI—109 Geology, Dynamic and Physiographic............ IOI-102 Paleontology and Stratigraphic Geology........ 102-104 Mineralogy and Petrography......................... 104-105 Economic Geology, Mines and Mining Statis- (Er OS ee sc se ete ate eee Oia araieg SAP cee Aa NA tee ae 106-108 JULES Nat af gata eae i Reece een Mel eerre MRD ca 109 “Os INTRODUCTION. The author has for several years past been collecting and noting all references to literature bearing on the geology of the State of Virginia, with a view to publishing such memoranda sooner or later, mainly, for the convenience of future workers in the State. All workers in this State must have recognized the inaccessibility of a large part of the literature, caused by its greatly scattered condition, which is due almost entirely to the fact that, with few exceptions, all contributions have been made by individuals working independently of any organization. Their results were donated to and have been published in papers or periodicals of a more or less local character, and in some cases even these were of a brief existence. Apart from the unfortu- nately short-lived State Geological Survey, under the director- ship of Professor William Barton Rogers—established during the year 1835 and continuing through 1841—and of recent years, the work of the United States Geological Survey, which has had parties in that field during each season, there has been 4 BULLETIN 7 60 and is yet an entire absence of any organization or journal de- voted to either general or special science in the State. Major Jed. Hotchkiss, of Staunton, Virginia, edited, during the years 1880-1885, a journal entitled, ‘‘ The Virginias,’’? and while it contained a large number of valuable contributions to Virginia as well as West Virginia geology, it was largely, if not exclu- sively, devoted to mining and engineering. The literature is not by any means very extensive, or even approaching what might be termed voluminous, when compared with that of some of the other states, but the above conditions have certainly conspired to render its summation a very tedious _ and laborious task, carrying with it a considerable element of incompleteness. This list is published under the title ‘‘ Bibliography,’’ but it might perhaps have been more correct to have inserted the word, ‘‘ Partial,’’ inasmuch as it is not a complete record of all the work; however, I feel safe in saying that it does represent by far the greater bulk of the material thus far contributed. I have avoided, as far as possible, the mere mention of Virginia in articles bearing on the geology of other territories. This has not been strictly adhered to in all cases, since many articles of much importance have been found in which reference, though very brief, was made to Virginia and which fully warranted their listing in this paper. This element is further increased, when the writings of the earlier workers are examined, as the work was done in what then was called Virginia, but since ad- mitted into the Union as a separate state and is known as West Virginia, hence many of the earlier references which occur in this bibliography would more corre@tly find classification with the West Virginia literature. I publish this with the hope of having my attention called to any and all publications which may have been omitted, by those who may find omissions. Since this paper has gone to press, I have had access to several publications containing a large amount of geologic material which has necessitated a rather large addenda. I wish to make acknowledgments to many who have aided me in this publication, but especially to Prof. G. D. Harris, of Cor- nell University, who has constantly aided me in many ways by invaluable suggestions, and particularly by kindly accepting this as one of his series of Bulletins, insuring thereby prompt publi- cation. 61 GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA 5 LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL JOURNALS CONSULTED; With Abbreviations. Amer. Jour. Sci., or A. J. S.—The American Journal of Science, sometimes called Silliman’s Journal. Amer. Nat.—The American Naturalist. Amer. Chem. Jour.—The American Chemical Journal. Amer. Geol.—The American Geologist. Ann’l Rep’t Smithsonian Inst.—Annual Report of the Smith- sonian Institution. Ann’l Rep’t U. S. Geol. Surv.—Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey. Ann’l Rep’t Geol. Surv. Pa.—Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. Ann’! Rep’t Geol. Surv. Va.—Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Virginia. An. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y—Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New. York. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.—Bulletin of the Geological Society of America. Bull. Geol. Soc. France.—Bulletin of the Geological Society of France. Bull. Phil. Soc. Wash.—Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, D. C. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv.—Bulletin of the United States Geologi- cal Survey. Census U. S.—Census Report of the United States. Chem. News.—The Chemical News, London. Engr. and Min. Jour.—The Engineering and Mining Journal. Geol. Mag.—The Geological Magazine, London. Geol. Record.—The Geological Record, London. Geol. Soc. Wash.—The Geological Society of Washington, D. C. Jour. Chem. Soc.—Journal of the Chemical Society, London. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.—Journal of the Academy of Natur- al Sciences, Philadelphia. Jour. Geol.—Journal of Geology, Chicago. J. H. Univ. Cir.—Johns Hopkins University Circulars. 6 BULLETIN 7 62 McFarlane’s Geol. Ry. Guide.—McFarlane’s Geological Railroad Guide. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.—Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Min. Res. U. S.—Mineral Resources of the United States. Min. Jour.—Mining Journal of London. Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv.—Monograph of the United States Geo- logical Survey. Pop. Sci. Mon.—The Popular Science Monthly. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc.—Proceedings of the American Philosoph- ical Society, Philadelphia. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., or A. A. A. S.—Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.—Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston, Mass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.—Proceedings of the Boston Socie- ty of Natural History. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.—Proceedings of the United States Nat- ional Museum. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., or Q. J. G. S.—Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, London. Sci: — Science. Trans. Amer. Geol. Soc.—Transactions of the American Geolog- ical Society. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs.—Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.—Transactions of the American Philo- sophical Society. Trans. Acad. Sci. N. Y.—Transactions of the Academy of Sci- ences of New York. Trans. Assoc. Amer. Geol. and Nat.—Transactions of the Asso- ciation of American Geologists and Naturalists. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pa.—Transactions of the Geological Society of Pennsylvania. Trans. Geol. Soc. London.—Transa¢tions of the Geological So- ciety of London. Trans. Geol. Soc. Manches.—Transactions of the Geological So- ciety of Manchester. Trans. Wag. Free Inst. Sci.—Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. 63 GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA x] BIBLIOGRAPHY. A Abert, S. T., Report on a Survey of a Line to Connect the Waters of the Neuse and Cape Fear River in North Car- olina, and of a Line to Connect the Waters of Norfolk Harbor in Virginia with the Waters of Cape Fear River, at or near Wilmington, in North Carolina. Engineer Department, U. S., No. 35. ANTNSE, Owe, SC. Bol See, , Wile Sl, 7D, MAO), 1088)7/0, Geol. Record, 1876, London, 1878, p. 127. Adams, W.H., The Pyrites Deposits of Louisa County, Vir- ginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xil, pp. 527-535, sketch map and sections, 1883-84 Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1888, p. 343. The First Iron Blast-Furnaces in America. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xx, pp. 196-215, sketch map, 1892. Virginia minerals, etc. American Manufacturer. The Crimora Manganese Mine of Virginia. Engr. and Min. Jour., vol. xlix, pp. 333-334, 1890. Ansted, Prof. D. T., Account of a Recent Visit to the Coal and Iron Fields of Virginia. : Jour. Soc. Arts, vol. xxii, pp. 182-188; See also No. 1107, p. 230, and Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii, pp. 180-181. Geol. Record, 1874, London, 1875, p. Ifo. The Mountains and Valleys of Virginia. ‘““Tilustrated Travels’’ (edited by Bates), vol. vi, pp. 297-300, 368-371. Geol. Record, 1875, London, 1877, p. 400. Contains some geological information. Ashburner, C. A., Notes on the Natural Bridge of Virginia. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. xxi, p. 690, 699-700, 1884. Geol. Record, 1880-’84 incl., London, 1888, p. 348. 8 BULLETIN 7 64 Coal. Min. Res. U. S., 1887, pp. 168-382. For further references, see under Day, D. T. B Bache, Franklin, Coal-Sections Developed by Recent Oper- ations in Wise County, Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xxiv, pp. 70-80, sketch map, sections and table, 1894. . Bailey, J. W., On Silicified Wood Found near Fredericks- burg, Virginia. Proc. Acad. Nat. sci: Phila.) volt a,o. 75, 1640 -en Account of Some New Infusorial Forms Discovered in the Fossil Infusoria from Petersburg, Virginia, and Pis- cataway, Maryland. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xlvi, pp. 137-141, plate, 1844. Beauvois, M., Natural Curiosities in Greenbriar County, Vir- ginia, Particularly of the Tooth of a Large Nondescript Animal. Proc! Amer?) Phil Soc?) vols type 1) pp) 2702275 aie 1838. Only title given, May, 1798. Becker, Geo. F., Gold Fields of the Southern Appalachians. 16th Ann’l Rep’t U. S. Geol. Surv., pt. iii, pp. 251-331, pls. 16-18, 1 fig., 1894-95. References to Virginia scattered more or less throughout the first 50 pages. Benton, E R., Notes on the Samples of Iron Ore Collected in Virginia. 1oth Census U. S., pp. 261-268, 1886. Blake, W. P., Ores of Tin. Min. Res. U. S., 1883-84, p. 592-640. For Virginia, see pp. 599-601. Birkinbine, John, The Production of Iron Ores in Various Parts of the World. 16th Ann’l Rep’t U.S. Geol. Surv., pt. ili, pp. 21-218, pls. 1-15, maps, 1894-95. For Virginia, see pp. 40, 197. Bowron, W. M., The Practical Metallurgy of Titaniferous 65 GEOLOGICAI, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA 9 Ores. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. x1, pp. 159-164, 1882-83. For Virginia, see p. 162. Boyd, C. R., The Mineral Wealth of Southwestern Virginia. Iron, new ser., vol. viii, pp. 330, 424, 1876. Geol. Record, 1876, London, 1878, p. 194. The Mineral Wealth of Southwestern Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. v, pp. 81-92, 1876- 77: ____ The Mineral Resources of Southwestern Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. vili, pp. 338-348, 1879-80. Discussion by O. J. Heinrich and Dr. Egleston. The Ores of Cripple Creek, Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xii, pp. 9, 27-40, 1884. Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1838, p. 351. ____ Resources of Southwestern Virginia, Showing the Min- eral Deposits of Iron, Coal, Zinc, Copper, and Lead, also the Staples of the Various Counties, Methods of Trans- portation, Access, etc. John Wiley & Sons, New York and London, 1881, 8°, 335 PP-, map and wood cuts. See Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1888, p. 351. Utilization of the Surphur Ores of Virginia in Making Superphosphates. Engr. and Min. Jour., vol. xl, p. 200, 1885. _____ The Utilization of the Iron and Copper Sulphides of Vir- ginia, North Carolina and Tennessee. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xiv, pp. 81-84, 1885-86. ___ The Economic Geology of the Bristol and Big Stone Gap Section of Virginia and Tennessee, Pursuing the General Course of the South Atlantic and Ohio Railroad. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xv, pp. 114, 121, 1886-87. Map of the Mineral Resources and Railroad Facilities of Southwestern Virginia. 1891. ie) BULLETIN 7 66 ——— The Wythe Lead and Zinc Mines, Virginia. Engr. and Min. Jour., vol. lv, pp. 561-562, 586, sketch map, 1893. Correlations in the Coal-Rocks West of Pocahontas, Flat Top, Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xxiv, pp. 254-257, 1894. Bradley, F. H., On the Silurian Age of the Southern Ap- palachians. Amer. Jour. Set. , 3d ser, vol: 1x, pp: 279-288))370-4e88 1875. Britton, N. L., Geological Notes in Western Virginia, North Carolina and Tennessee. Trans. Acad. Sci. N. Y., vol. v, pp. 215-223, 1887. —-— Balcony Falls, Archean of Virginia. Appalachia, vol. v. (Not seen). Brock, R. A., Early Iron Manufacture in Virginia, 1619-1776. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vill, pp. 77-80, 1885. Brongniart. Virginia. Calamites suckowii var. 0, Richmond, Virginia. Trans, Geol: Soc. Pal, voli i) ptt) py Ti0 negds Brown, W.G., Analysis of a New Mineral Containing Nio- bium, from Amherst County, Virginia. Chem. News, vol. xxxvi, pp. 158-159, 1877. Geol. Record, 1877, London, 1880, p. 228. On Cassiterite from Irish Creek, Rockbridge County, Virginia. Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. vi, pp. 185-187, 1884. Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1889, vol. 11, p. 164. — Occurrence of Wolframite at Irish Creek, Rockbridge County, Virginia. Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. vi, p. 185. (Not seen). Buck, Stuart M., Notes on the Hard-Splint Coal of the Kanawha Valley. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. x, pp. 81-85, 1881- 82. Bunbury, C. J. F., Descriptions of Fossil Plants from the 67 GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA II Coal-field near Richmond, Virginia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. iti, pp. 281-288, pls. 10-11, 1847. Cc Campbell, H. D., Tin Ore (Cassiterite) in the Blue Ridge in Virginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxvii, 3d ser., p. 411, 1884. The Potsdam Group East of the Blue Ridge at Balcony Falls, Virginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxix, 3d ser., pp. 470-474, map and figure, 1885. : For further references, see under Campbell, J. L. & H. D., Campbell, H. D., & Brown, W.G., Composition of Cer- tain Mesozoic Igneous Rocks of Virginia. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 11, pp. 339-348, 1891. (4bst.) Amer. Geol., vol. vill, p. 54, 1891. ie Amer. Nat., vol. xxv, pp. 1002-1003, 1891. Campbell, J. L., Geology of Virginia: Balcony Falls. The Blue Ridge and its Geological Conne¢tions. Some Theo- retical Considerations. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xvili, pp. 435-445, map and section, 1879. ( Abst.) Geol. Record, 1879, London, 1887, p. 135. Details of Archzean, Primoidal and Lower Silurian Rocks; the mode of contortion and denudation is suggested. Geology of Virginia: Continuation of Se¢ction across the Appalachian Chain. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xviii, pp. 119-128, 239, sections, 1879. lbid. p. 239, an omission in the above article inserted in this place; omission was on p. 121 of article. ( Abst.) Geol. Record, 1879, London, 1887, p. 135. Describes Upper and Lower Silurian and Devonian Rocks. Silurian Formation in Central Virginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xviii 3d ser., pp. 16-29, 1879. (Abdst.) Geol. Record, 1879, London, 1887, p. 135. Stratigraphical description of the Upper Silurian (8 divisions), Lower Silurian (13 divisions, including 2 Cambrian) and Archean (4 divisions). 12 BULLETIN 7 68 Silurian Formation in Central Virginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xviii, p. 16-29, sections, 1879. (Silurian Rocks of the Great Valley of Virginia with Their Subdivisions, Compared with Equivalent Epochs of Dana’s Manual, p. 142. Jdzd. p. 29). On Dufrenite from Rockbridge County, Virginia. Amer: Jour. Sei., 3d\ser, vol. xe, pp. 165-07 ,seom Geology and Mineral Resources of the James River Val- ley, Virginia. (New York, 8°, 119 pp, map, 1883). Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1888, p. 353. Geology of the Blue Ridge near, Balcony Falls, Virginia. A. modified View. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxviit, 3d sef., pp. 221-223, 1884. Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1888, p. 353. Campbell, J. L. & H. D., Report on the Snowdon Slate Quarries, Virginia. (‘‘Virginia,’’ 4 pp., map, 1884). Geol. Record, 1880-84 incl., London, 1888, p. 353. —— William B. Rogers’ Geology of the Virginias. A Re- view. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxx, 3d ser., pp. 357-374, 1885. lbid., vol. xxxi, 3d ser., pp. 193-202, 1886. —— Geological notes for Railway Stations, Mainly in the Western Part of the State. McFarlane’s Geol. Ry. Guide, 1890, 2d ed., pp. 383-385. Campbell, M. R., The Big Stone Gap Coal Field of Vir- ginia and Kentucky. (A discussion of the paper of James M. Hodge, p. 922). Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xxi, pp. 1004-1005, 1892-93. —-—- Geology of the Big Stone Gap Coal Field of Virginia and Kentucky. Bull. U. S. Geol. Sury., No: 111, pp: v & 106, 2 -plseae maps, 1893. (Adst.) Amer. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 392-393, 1894. ———- Tertiary Changes in the Drainage of Southwestern Vir- ginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 21-29, maps, 1894. 69 GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA ii Paleozoic Overlaps in Montgomery and Pulaski Counties, Virginia. Map. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. v, pp. 171-190, figure, 1894. ( Abst.) Amer. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 147-148, 1894. The Origin of Some Mountain Scarps. Geol. Soc. Wash., April 22, 1896. (Abst.) Amer. Geol., vol. xvii, p. 408, 1896. Scarp at Roanoke, Virginia. New River uplift prevented Atlantic streams from capturing its headwaters. Drainage Modifications and their Interpretation. Part /7,.—Criteria for Determining Stream Modifications. Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 657-678, 1896. For Virginia, see especially pp. 674-678. Case, Wm. H., The Bertha Zinc Mines at Bertha, Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. xxii, pp. 511-536, maps and sections, 1893. [bid. p. 696-698. Discussion. Catlett, C., & Howard, E.L., Analysis of Coal, Iron and Monganese Ores from Virginia. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 64, pp. 51-54, 1890. Catlett, C., & Whitfield, J. S., Analysis of Iron and Man- ganese Ores from Virginia. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 60, pp. 165-166, 1890. Chatard, Thos. M., Salt-Making Processes in the United States. 7th Ann’l Rep’t U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 491-535, illus- trated, 1885-86. For Virginia, see tables on Coal, pp. 530-535. Chauvenet, W. M., Iron Mines, (Ores) of Virginia. roth Census U. S., 1886. Chester, F. D., Delaware, Eastern Shore of Maryland and Virginia. McFarlane’s Geol. Ry. Guide, 2d ed., pp. 329-331, 1890. Chickering, jr., Jno. W., The Newly-Discovered Cave in Luray, Page County, Virginia. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. xxvili, p. 487, 1879. (Read, not published ). 14 BULLETIN 7 70 Clarke, F. W., Mica. Min. Res. U. S., pp. 906-912, 1883-84. For Virginia, see p. 908. ——— Spessartite from Amelia County, Virginia. Bull, U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 60, p. 126, 1890; Clarke, F. W., & Chatard, T. M., Analysis of Water from Hot Springs in Bath County, Virginia. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 9, pp. 33-34, 1884. Clarke, F. W., Whitfield, J. E., Hillebrand, W. F., & Chatard, T. M., Analysis of Coal, Iron and Manga- nese Ores from Virginia. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 55, pp. 85-87, 1889. Clark, Wm. B., Third Annual Geological Expedition into Southern Maryland and Virginia. Je Unive Cice vole ix. ppog-71 rage! ——— Report of the Scientific Expedition into Southern Mary- land. J. H. Univ. Cir., vol. x, pp. 105-108, map and se¢tion, I18Q1. Correlation Papers. Eocene. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 83, pp. v & 1-173, 1891. For Virginia, see especially pp. 19-20, 22-23, 26, 33, 35, 38, 46-48, 80-81. : —-— The Annual Expedition of the Students in Geology, 1892. Jo es Unity. (Cir: voljsxiitippy 53-54. 1398- —-— Contribution to the Eocene Fauna of the Middle Atlan- tic Slope. J PEe Onin. Cita volysavnp ps). 3. OLS Ose ——— The Potomac River Section of the Middle Atlantic Coast Eocene. Aimer. Jour. Sei-, 4th ser, vol. 1, pp 365-374, sectiony 1896, ——— The Eocene Deposits of the Middle Atlantic Slope, in Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 141, pp. vil & 167, pl. 11, map, 1896. Claypole, E. W., The Materials of the Appalachians. Amer. Nat., vol. xxi, pp. 955-962, 1054-1060, map, 1887. 7s GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA 15 _ Clifford, Wm., Richmond Coal Field, Virginia. Trans. Geol. Soc. Manches., vol. xix, pp. 326-353, 431- 433, pls. 1-5, 1888. ——— Additional Notes on Richmond Coal Field, Virginia, in Reply to Criticisms. Trans. Geol. Soc. Manches., vol. xx, pp. 247-256, 1889. Clinch. The Coal Field of Southwest Virginia. Engr. and Min. Jour., vol. xlvii, p. 85, 1889. Clerc, F. L., The Mining and Metallurgy of Zinc in the United States. Min. Res. U. S., 1883, pp. 358-386. For Virginia, see p. 365. Clemson, Thos. G., Notice of a Geological Examination of the Country between Fredericksburg and Winchester, in Virginia, Including the Gold Region. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pa., vol. 1, map opp. p. 298, 1835. The Gold Region of Virginia. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pa., vol. i, p. 309, 1835. Clemson, T. G., & Taylor, R. C., The Gold Region of Virginia. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pa., vol. i, p. 310, 1835. (Not seen). Cobb, Collier, A Recapture froma River Pirate. Sci., vol. xxil, p. 195, 2 figures, 1893. The Jackson River of Bath and Alleghany Counties, Virginia. Back Creek and Meadow Fork. Cocke, J H., Virginia Aerolite (Meteorite). Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xv, pp, 195-196, 1829. Committee (Bramwell, J. H., Buck, S. M., & Williams, E. H.), The Pocahontas Mine Explosion. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. x11, pp. 237-249, map, 1884-85. Conrad, T. A., On Some New Fossil and Recent Shells of the United States. Amer. Jour. Sci., 2d ser., vol. xxiii, pp. 339-346, 1833. Observations on the Tertiary and More Recent Forma- tions of a Portion of the Southern States. Read April 5th, 1934. 16 BULLETIN 7 72 Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. vii, pp. 116-129, 1834. Descriptions of New Tertiary Fossils from the Southern States. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. vii, pp. 130-157, 1834. Appendix, pp. 154-157. Observations on a Portion of the Atlantic Tertiary Region. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pa., vol. 1, pp. 335, 341, pl. 13, 1835. Observations on the Tertiary Strata of the Atlantic Coast. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxviii, pp. 104-111, 1835. Virginia Tertiary. Observations on a Portion of the Atlantic Tertiary Re- gion, with a Description of New Species of Organic Re- mains. Proc. Nat. Inst., 2d Bull., pp. 171-194, 1842. Observations on the Eocene Formation, and descriptions of 105 New Fossils of That Period from the Vicinity of Vicksburg, Mississippi. Appendix: Descriptions of New Eocene Fossils in the Cabinet of Lardner Vanuxem. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila,, 2d ser., vol. 1, pp. 1r1-aaas pl. 14, 1848. For Virginia, see Appendix. ——— Notes on Shells, with Descriptions of New Fossil Genera and Species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. xvi, pp. 211-214, fig- ures, 1864. Cyprimeria excavata and Dosiniopsis meeki figured and described. —— Catalogue of the Eocene and Oligocene Testacea of the United States. Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. i, p. 135, 1865. Conrad, T. A., For further reference, see under Dall, W. H., and Harris, G. D. Cooke, J. P., Scientific Culture and Other Essays. D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1885.. One chapter devoted to a sketch of the life of Wm. B. Rogers. See chapter 7, p. 160. Cope, E. D., Remarks on the Contents of Caves of South- western Virginia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. xix, pp. 137-138, 1867. Remarks on Fossils from the Southern States. 73 GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA 17 Proc, Acad: Nat. Sei. Phila., vol. xxi, p. 3, 1869. —-— The Pamunky Formation of the Chesapeake Region and its Fauna. ELOCw Men sohilbe SOG VOlVxxexiNs Pp. 335/50 550 cea pel read, not published). Cornelius, Elias, On the Geology, Minerology, Scenery and Curiosities of Parts of Virginia, Tennessee, and the Ala- bama and Mississippi Territories, etc., with Miscellaneous Remarks, ina Letter to the Editor. Amer. Jour. Sct., vol. 1, pp. 214-226, 317-331, figure, 18ig. Correspondence. The Mineral Wealth of Virginia Tributary to the Lines of the Norfolk & Western Railroad and Shenandoah Valley Railroad Companies. Engr. and Min. Jour., vol. xxxvill, pp. 69-70, 1884. Coryell, Martin, Eastern Virginia Coal Field. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. iii, pp. 228-231, 1874-75. Geol. Record, 1875, London, 1877, p. 385. ——— Deceptive Coal-Seams near the Limestone, or in the Si- lurian Rocks of Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. iv, p. 14, 1875-76. Only title given. ——-— Diatomaceous Sands of Richmond, Virginia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Engrs., vol. iv, pp. 230-232, pl. 5, 1876. Geol. Record, 1877, London, 1880, p. 134. Credner, H., (On the Gold Mines of Virginia). Amer. Jour. Min., vol. vi, passtm, 1867-69. (Not seen). ———- Geognostiche Skizzen aus Virginia, Nord-Amerika. Zeitschr. Deutch. Geol. Gesell., p. 83, 1886. (Not seen). Cresson, Dr.C.M., Bituminous Material from Pulaski Coun- ty, Virginia, United States. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. xvii, No. 100, pp. 215-216, 1878. Geol. Record, 1878, London, 1882, p. 212. Crosby, W. O., On the Contrast in Color of the Soils of 18 BULLETIN 7 74 High and Low Latitudes. Amer. Geol.. vol. vili, pp. 72-82, 1891. Technology Quart., vol. iv, pp. 36-45, 1891. Currey, R.O., :P2;; Hidden, W.-E., Hunt, T21S Pave. iC. C., Robertson, R., Rowan, G. H. Kunz, G. F., Riggs, R. B. Cowlan, G. B. Clarke, F. W., Genth, F. A., Venable, F. P. Brown, W. G., Campbell, H. D., Dunnington, F. P., Eakin, L. G., Hunt, T.S., Keyes, C. R., Kimball, J. P., Schnei- der, E. A., Williams, G. H. Eakin, L. G., Nitze, H. B. C., Pechin, E. C. Merrill, G. P., Williams, G. H. Goldsmith, E., Nason, F. L., Williams, G. H. Merrill, G. P., Pechin, E. C. 106 BULLETIN 7 162 Economic Geology, Mines and Mining Statistics. 1809. Latrobe, B. H. 1819. Grammer, J., Kain, J. H. 1825. Robinson, S. 1834. Del Rio, A., Millington, J., Hayden, H. H. 1835. Clemson, T. G., Taylor, R. C. 1836. Hildreth, S. P. 1837. Maury, M. F., Silliman, B. 1838. Hunt, H. 1840. Taylor, S. 1841-43. Johnson, W. R. 1842. Wooldridge, A. S. 1843. Hayden, C. B. | 1844. Johnson, W. R. 1852. Johnson, E. W. 1852-57. Rogers, W. B. 1853. Hitchcock, E. 1854. Whitney, J. D., Rogers, H. D. 1854-56. Rogers, W. B. 1856-59. Jackson, C. T. 1859-61. Richardson, J. W. 1862-64. Lesley, J. P. 1866. Bannan, B., Daddow, S. H., Evans, S. W., Lesley, J. P. 1867. Taylor, J. W. 1867-69. Credner, H., Lyman, B. S. 1870. Diss DeBarr, J. H. 1871. Credner, Hi., Mills, J. E. 1871-73. Heinrich, O. J. 1872. Imboden, J. D. 1873: Hunt, 1S.; Lyman, B.S: 1874. Ansted, D. T., Goldsmith, E., Harden, J. W., Heinrich, Ok 1875. Coryell, M., Prime, jr., F. 1876. Boyd, C. R., Heinrich, O. J., Maury, M. F., Fontaine, W. M. 1877. Frazer,’ P.; Morton) J. EH. 1878. Cresson, C. M., Morton, J. H. 1878-79. Firmstone, H. 1879. Pollard, T. P., Groddeck, A. Von. 1879-80. Boyd, C. R., Heinrich, O. J., Egleston, T. 1880. Becker, G. F., Beckwith, L. F., Bowron, W. M., Boyd, 163 GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA 107 C. E., Byrd, W., Campbell, J. L., Currey, R. O., Don- ald, W. A., Egleston, T., Emmons, S. F., Fink, H., Hotchkiss, J., Johnson, jr., C. F., King, C., McDonald, M., Moore, P. N., Morris, S. F., Peckham, S. F., Prime, jr., F., Pumpelly, R., Shaler, N. S., Shelley, E., Stegle- man, C. M., Rogers, W. B., Weeks, J. D. 1881. Boyd, C. R., Buck, S. M., Campbell, J. L., Dewey, F. P., Donald, W. A., Drown, T. M., Egleston, T., Hotchkiss, J., Kimball, J. P., Lyman, B. S., Stevens, J. G., Steven- son, J. J. 1882. Campbell, J. L., Halsey, J. W., Hotchkiss, J., Lesley, J. P., Pollard, T., Porcher, S., Robertson, W., Rogers, W. B. 1882-83. Bowron, W. M., Fontaine, W. M., Frazer, P. 2883. Atkinson, W. G., Campbell, H. D., Campbell, J. L., Clerc, F. L., Fontaine, W. M., Hotchkiss, J., Howell, I. H., Kirchhoff, jr., C., Lathrop, W. A., McCreath, A. S., Platt, Raymond, R. W., Rogers, W. B., Smock, J. C., Williams, jr., A. 1883-84. Adams, W. H., Blake, W. P., Clarke, F. P., Day, D. T., Dewey, F. P., Martyn, W., Peale, A. C., Weeks, J. D., Williams, jr., A. 1884. Adams, W. H., Boyd, C. R., Campbell, H. D., Campbell, ' J. L., Chatard, T. M., Clarke, F. W., Fontaine, W. M., Froehling, H., Gifford, J. B., Gilham, W., Hotchkiss, J., Lathrop, W. A., McCreath, A. S., Robertson, W., Sheaf- er, P. W., Whitehead, T., Wise, F. N. 1884-85. Committee (Bramwell, J. H., Buck, S. M., Williams, Sao ys 1885. Ashburner, C. A., Benjamin, Boyd, C. R., Brock, R. A., Davis, F., Davis, H., Hotchkiss, J., Kimball, J. P., Kunz, G. F., Massie, F. A., Peale, A. C., Ruffner, W. H., Sea- mon, W. H., Silliman, B., Sproull, H. S., Stevenson, J. J., Swank, J. M., Weeks, J. D., Williams, jr., A., Wins- low, A. 1886. Ashburner, C. A., Becker, G. F., Benjamin, M., Benton, E. R., Boyd, C. R., Chatard, T. M., Chauvenet, W. M., Day Dist Day, W: CailLyman, Be S4 Peale yA.C, Raborg, W. A., Rothwell, R. P., Swank, J. M., Wendt, A. F., Weeks, J. D., Vodges, A. W. 1886-87. D’Invilliers, E. V., McCreath, A. S. 1887. Ashburner, C. A., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., D’Invilliers, E. V., McCreath, A. S., Raborg, W. A., Russell, I. C., 108 BULLETIN 7 164 Swank, J. D., Weeks, J. D., Williams, jr., A. 1888. Ashburner, C. A., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., D’Invilliers, E. V., Hungerford, W. S., Killebrew, J. B., Kunz, G. F., McCreath, A. S., Means, E. C., Page, W. N., Peale, A. C., Proctor, J. R., Raborg, W. A., Swank, J. M., Weeks, J. D. 1889. Clarke, F. W., Chatard, T. M., Hillebrand, W. F., Kille- brew, J. B., Ledoux, A. R., Newell, F. H., Pechin, E. C., Whitfield, J. E. 1889-90. Birkinbine, J., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., Kent, W., Par- ker, E. W., Peale, A. C., Raborg, W. A., Weeks, J. D. 1890. American Manufacturer, Ashburner, C. A., Birkinbine, J., Catlett, C., Childs, L. J., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., Em- mons, S. F., Howard, E. L., Jones, J. H., Kunz, G. F., McDowell, F. H., Merrill, G. F., Middleton, J., Parker, E. W., Peale, A. C., Penrose, jr., R. A. F., Rothwell, R. P., Weeks, J. D., Whitfield, J. S., Wright, C. D. 1891. Birkinbine, J., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., Douglas, J.; Hill, RT. Jones} J. Hi, Parkersi BE’) Ws, Pechiny cages Weeks, J. D. 1892. Benedict, W. Del, Birkinbine, J., Childs, L. J., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., D’Invilliers, E. V., Edwards, W. S., Engelhardt, F. E., Hall, C. E., Holmes, J. A., Holmes, W.H., Johnson, G. R., Kunz, G. F., McCreath, A. S., Newberry, S. B., Nitze, H. B. C., Parker, E. W., Peale, A. C., Pechin, E. C., Penrose, jr., R. A. F., Phillips, W. B., Rothwell, R. P., Smith, W. A., Weeks, J. D., Yates, H. N. 1892-93, Campbell, M. R., Case, W. H., Kemp, J. F., Moxham, E. C., Peale, A. C. 1893. Adams, W. H., Birkinbine. J., Boyd, C. R., Day, D. T., Day, W. C., Fleming, H.'S:) Mall, RoI. Hopkins, C., Ingalls, W. R., Merrill, G. P., Newberry, S. B., Parker, KE. W., Penrose, jr., R. A. F., Preston, R. E., Proctor, J. R., Ries,. H., Rothwell, R. P., Ulke, T., Weeks, J. D. 1894. Darton, N. H., Emmons, S. F., Glenn, W., Weeks, J. D. 1894-95. Birkinbine, J., Boyd, C. R., Day, W. C., Parker, E. W., Rolker, C. M., Weeks, J. D. -1895. Tarr, R. S., Whitehead, T. 1896. Louis, H., Phillips, J. A. 165 Owen 1874. 1875. 1876. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1882. 1884. 1885. 1887. 1891. 1895. 1897. GEOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VIRGINIA Maps. Wesleyan aus. Rogers, W. B. Stevenson, J. J. Hotchkiss, J,, Rogers, W. B. Heinrich, O. J. Currey, R. O., Hotchkiss. J., Rogers, W. B. Hotchkiss, J., Lyman, B. S., Stevenson. J. J. Hotchkiss, J., Rogers, W. B. Yates, C. M. Hotchkiss, J., Lamb, R., McGee, W J. Stevenson, J. J. Boyd, C. R. Topographic Maps (U. S. Geol. Surv.). Geologic Atlas of the United States. ook a OOS a 7K 109 ERRATA. Page 11, line 24: for Primoidal read Primordial. ‘“ 37, ‘* 5: for Hodge, M. Jas., read Hodge, Jas. M. Olt a7 IMSChenaner altel Nites) ‘74, ‘‘ 26: for Kakins, I. G., read Eakin, L. G. ‘“ 75, ‘‘ 22: for in the connection read in connection. ry rD , FS eS Lt he 3 > : ’ oe ‘ - On 5 met Vol. 2 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY No. 8 NOTES ON EOCENE MOLLUSCA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES BY Ee Ar pric March 5, 1897 Ithaca, N. Y. Ue Shee “hi SOMAN Inge, ca MY JAN 19] 5) \ ~ x. “py \ ¢ ) ] ae Udy . vA BACT! NOTES ON EOCENE MOLLUSCA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES. BY St, JEG AN Gbselat: » SOMMARY OF CONTENTS. JOSTNEXONDUKSHN COIN RAAB Anna Ran AO NeS Jeno Ractng asin Gannent Hire De Cen ce aao bane 3 NOTES AND REMARKS ON KOCENE SPECIESG.......--..0-+2-000. 4-9 Heilprin’s Species Published in 188o................. 4-6 INOtES On! Various: Foriisy 2.520 sn eteetn ince Soe es 6-7 The Genus Aimgicula in American Eocene De- POSTE 0 eo eh EU ea aN Ba tee eee ek 7-9 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SRE CUESt oa so-ceeseeecsan aerate ta. 9-16 Gastropoda............. Ee As Oa Aa aia ec aaa eee ine agar ur 9-15 Pele Cy POR ai ie g ass alecaechitoos oo eee eee eee ees ceaeatees 15-16 JESTIDIEAUNUAAN IOI OlD» J PIUAGWESpp yp puconiauenoasoLoedooccsadaunncuuaeeneun as 17-26 50 INTRODUCTION. This brief paper contains descriptions of a number of small species which the writer has had on hand for many years and now publishes at the suggestion of G. D. Harris. Notes on allied forms, and drawings of some species not heretofore adequately figured, are added. Dr. J. C. McConnell has furnished the il- lustrations. 4 BULLETIN 8 170 NoTks AND REMARKS ON EOCENE SPECIES. Heilprin’s Species Published in 1880. Angelo Heilprin described in the Proceedings of the National Museum, vol. 3, 1880, a number of new forms, the types of which are now in the Museum. ‘Through the kindness of W. H. Dall, I have been able to borrow the originals, and have had them carefully redrawn. ‘The following notes are added by Harris and myself. ; Crassatella declivis, : Pl, 3, figs-cus ae Syn. (CG. decligisaticilp., 2. Gp. 151, play tis. 9: This and C. capri-cranium Rogers are now considered to be variations of C. aleformis Con., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. vi, p. 228, pl. ro, fig. 1, 1830. Length, 134 inches. ; The typical locality for C. declivis is Aquia creek, Va. “Terebra”’ plicifera, Pl, 3. fieouay wap Syn. 7. plicifera Heilp., J. 6.,-p. 1515 pl. he. 8: The drawing herewith given is of one of the type specimens in the U. S. National Museum. ‘The locality given for these specimens is Atascosa county, Texas. They are somewhat fri- able, and from a blue clay matrix. Casts and imprints of this species were collected by members of the Texas Geological Sur- vey on Peeler’s ranch in Atascosa county. Although the aper- ture cannot now be determined beyond a doubt, it certainly in- dicates a close relationship with the Cerites. If it proves to be a Cerithtum then the specific name must be changed, for it is preoccupied. Levifusus pagoda, Pl 3) tet Syn. Meurotoma pagoda Heilp., /. c., p. 149, pl., fig. 1. Fusus pagodiformts Heilp., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, p. 375. Fusus pagodejformis Heilp., Lbzd., 1899, p. 395. Levifusus pagoda var., Har., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 207, pl. 19, fig. 5, 1896. The reasons given by Harris for placing this species among the Levifus? may be found on p. 207 as cited above. A more elaborate discussion of the subject will be given in his forth- coming Bulletin on the Lignitic Stage. Heilprin gives simply ‘‘ Eocene of Alabama’’ for the horizon 171 EocENE MOLLUSCA 5 and locality of the type, the same figured herewith. It doubt- less came from a Wood’s Bluff outcrop. Length, 1% inches. “Fusus” marnochi, Pi ae liesi Ana: Syn. F. marnochi Heil., J. c., p. 151, pl., fig. 6. The type specimen in ‘the National Museum still remains unique. Its generic position is extremely doubtful. The lines of growth shown by figure 4a correspond very closely “to those of Euthria. Dall regards it as a Pustonella. When more and better specimens are obtained, its generic position can be more accurately determined. Length, four-fifths inch. Locality. —TEXAS: Atascosa county. Scala unilineata, Pi ah ese Sued. Syn. Scalaria unilineata Heil., 7. c., p. 150, pl., fig. 5. Described from Jackson, Miss. His specific name is preoccu- pied. Length, 34 inch. Eucheilodon creno-carinatus, Rees files. ee Syn. 4. creno-carinata Heilp., /. ¢., p. 150, pl., fig. 4. E. creno-carinata var., Har., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1896, p. 471, pl. 18, fig. 9. : This species is certainly quite variable in markings and may be equal to &. reticulata Gabb. Length of fragment, 1 inch. Locality. —MississipPi: Jackson. Surcula gabbi, (eroded specimen ), PR arate 2 Syn. .S. gabbi Con., Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. i, p. 142, pl. 11, fig. 5, 1865. Pleurotoma platysoma Heilp., 7. ¢., p. 150, pl., fig. 3. S. gabbi Har., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1895, p. 56, pl. 4, fig. 5. The reason for regarding platysoma as S. gabdi is that in working over many specimens of gaédi one finds eroded speci- mens indistinguishable from the form shown by figure 2. Heil- prin gives as locality, Atascoca county, Tex., but precisely the same thing occurs at Smithville. Length, 2 inches? Pleurotoma venusta, Ble A hor oe Syn. 2 venusia, Heilp., 7... p. 150; pl. fig. 2. Locality. Jackson, Miss. Name is preoccupied, but the forin has probably been described as Pl. perexilis Ald. Length, 1% inches. 6 BULLETIN 8 172 Cornulina armigera, (young var. ), Pl. 4. fice Sale = = ——— SSM. HE Ay JOMhg INES Heilprin gives no locality nor name to his figure 7, the same specimen herewith figured. Specimens in the Texas State Sur- vey collection from Atascosa county are similarly ornamented. In Harris’ MS. report on the Eocene mollusca of Texas, 1893, we read, ‘The fact that these young specimens are without spines on the body whorl can scarcely be regarded as sufficient reason for referring them to a distinct species. The same remark _ applies to their slenderer form. Specimens have already been found that are intermediate between the varietal and the typi- cal form. ‘‘Localities.—Peeler’s ranch; and S. E. of Campbellton, Atas- cosa county, Tex.”’ In Harris’ forthcoming Bulletin on the Lignitic Stage many marked varieties of this species will be given. In the Texan report above referred to, a varietal name for the smooth form was proposed, vzz., var. heilpriniana. Notes on Various Forms. Mathilda regularis Meyer, Pla, fies 1aglommes This specimen was obtained on the upper part of the bluff at Vicksburg, Miss. The type came from Red Bluff, Miss. This figure is much more accurate and complete than the original. Solariorbis subangulatus Meyer, var., Pl, 4 figeise Shell small, depressed, whorls five, rapidly increasing in size; surface covered with fine revolving lines, umbilicus deep; aper- ture approaching quadrate, suture distinct. This agrees with Meyer’s description and figure. If new, however, it may be called S. “nzferus. Type was obtained at Jackson, Miss. Locality. —ALABAMA: Choétaw Corner, Wood’s Bluff horizon. Dosinia mercenaroidea, Plot, hes oma Syn. Dositnia mercenaroidea Ald., Jour. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1887, p. 82. Heretofore unfigured. Locality. —AtABAMA: Base of Claiborne Bluff. Fusus ottonis. Syn. Fusus meyert Ald., non F. meyert Dunker. 173 EOCENE MOLLUSCA 7 Name being preoccupied is herewith changed. Pleurotoma pulcherrima, MGS aie See Gr. Syn. Conus pulcherrimus Heilp., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1879, p. 213, pl. 13, fig. 8. A much more perfect specimen than the type, is here figured. There is no doubt of its being a /Veurotoma. Cylichna aldrichi, JEN mone ii Syn. Aulla biumbilicata Meyer, non &. biumbtilicata Desh. B. (Haminea) aldrichi Wangdon, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xxxi, 1886. The specimen figured came from Cho¢taw Corner, Ala., where it 1s rather common. M. Cossmann is in error in placing this shell under 4/ys ovz- formis Meyer, and evidently had not seen Langdon’s descrip- tion when he made his observations in ‘‘ Notes Comple- mentaires,’’ 1893, p. 50. In his ‘‘ Revue Bibliographique pour l’Année,’’ 1895, he has also united Cylichna meyert Ald. with his C. acrotoma. ‘They are not the same. A letter just received from M. Cossmann places C. meyer in the subgenus Acrostem- ma of Roxania, and his species is called Bullinella acrotoma. Tuba antiquata Con., 12M, al TORS Fs Figure of a young shell from Choctaw Corner, Ala. Scala octolineata Con., 1k, AL IHS, Op Be These specimens are from the same vicinity where Conrad is said to have obtained his shell. It is believed to be his species. Locality. ALABAMA: ‘‘ The Rocks,’’ Clark county. Sportella gregorioi Coss., IPL Seles a This form is figured because my specimen seems to be the opposite valve from the type figure. Locality. ALABAMA: Claiborne sand bed at W. Pugh’s, Clark county. The Genus Aigicu/a in American Eocene Deposits. Several new species have lately been added to this genus from the Eocene, and the list now contains the following, a part of which are described in this paper. 8 BULLETIN 8 174 Ringicula biplicata, Pl, 2 /Alispemee Syn. Marginella biplicata Lea, Cont. to Geol., p. 201, pl. 6, fig. 216, 1833. Ringicula biplicata Con., Check list, 1866, p. 9. R. biplicata Con., Amer. Jour. Conch., 1865, p. 35. R. biplicata DeGreg., Annales de Geol., 8e livr., p. 167, pl. 16, figs. 26-33, 1890. R. biplicata var. vilma DeGreg., /bid., figs. 26-29. R. biplicata var. pita DeGreg., /bid., figs. 30-31. R. biplicata var. leuca DeGreg., /bid., figs. 32-33. R. biplicata Coss., 7bid., 12e livr., p. 50, 1893. M. Cossmann correctly considers the varieties described by De Gregorio as different periods of growth of the same species. The figure given here is copied after O. Meyer’s. The type speci- men in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, has a broken spire. Described from the Claiborne sand bed, Clai- borne, Ala. Ringicula mississippiensis, Pl.\2, treme Syn. &. mississippiensis Con., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 287. R. mississippiensts Con., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 117, pl. 11, fig. 36. R. (Ringinella) mississippiensis Con., Amer. Jour. Conch., 1865, P- 35. The figure given here is copied after O. Meyer’s and has been compared with the type. Described from Vicksburg, Miss. Ringicula trapaquara, Phin eae Syn. &. trapaguara Har., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1895, p. 53, pl. 3, fig. 7. Described from Texas. | Ringicula butleriana, Pl. 2) eee Syn. R. butleriana Ald., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. i, p. 57, pl. 2, fig. 8, 1896. , Described from Butler, Ala. Wood’s Bluff horizon. Ringicula dalli, Plo eae Syn. R&. dalli Clark, J. H. Univ. Cir., vol. xv, p. 4, 1895. R. dalli Clark, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 141, p. 64, pl. 9, figs. 3a, 3b, 1896. Described from Woodstock, Va. ‘Type figured here. Ringicula lisbonensis, n. sp., Pl .2 siowene This Bulletin. 175 EOCENE MOLLuUSsCcA 9 Ringicula alabamensis n. sp., Bee 2 iss) Sua This Bulletin. Ringicula butleriana var. lignitifera n. var., JeNE 2.) saver). This Bulletin. Ringicula claibornensis n. sp., lz ehioe Tos This Bulletin. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. Gastropoda. aN GHG GWEAs Ringicula lisbonensis n. sp., EA 2a lee a Tats Shell small; whorls five; surface marked with close-set spiral lines; aperture narrow, about half the length of the shell; outer lip smooth, terminating posteriorly on the body whorl before reaching the suture; the continuation around the posterior notch strongly developed till it reaches the centre of the inner lip; two strong plaits on the inner lip. This little species is smaller than 7. bzplicata Lea. It has a smooth outer lip and the posterior canal to the aperture different from any other form known. Locality —ALABAMA: Lisbon. Ringicula claibornensis n. sp., Pla geo, Shell small; whorls five; the first three nearly smooth, balance spirally striated; aperture narrow, rather long, but not reaching the suture; outer lip very strongly reflexed, smooth outside and and within; inner callus heavy, with a small erect tooth project- ing from the posterior part; the anterior with two strong plaits angular to each other; anterior notch strongly developed. This species is larger than R. diplicata Lea, and has no smooth band below the suture, the outer lip is smooth within, and much stouter than in the other form. Locality. —ALABAMA: Claiborne sand bed, Claiborne. Ringicula alabamensis un. sp., leo) mhigiss Ona. Shell small; spire blunt; whorls five, first two smooth, the others spirally striated; the striz are exceedingly fine and closely ie) BULLETIN 8 176 set; aperture long and narrow, the border of the posterior notch reaching beyond the suture; outer lip reflexed and fat- tened, faintly striated anteriorly ; inner callus strong posterior- ly, with two moderate plaits very angular to each other. This species is of medium size and is peculiar in having the longest aperture of any species known in our Eocene. The surface is much more finely marked than other forms. It ap- proaches 2. ¢trapaguara Harris, but differs, as above stated, from it. It is much closer to A. dalli Clark, and while the plaits on the inner lip are more angular to each other, and the aperture a little longer, yet other specimens may be found to unite the two _ forms. Locality.— ALABAMA: Matthews’ Landing. Ringicula butleriana var. lignitifera n. var., Pl. 2, fig. 9. Shell medium, rather wide; inner lip striated within; callus strong, bearing posteriorly a small erect tooth, anteriorly with two strong plaits. This form is placed here provisionally; more examples may justify its erection into a new species. None of many examples of FR. butleriana Ald. show the striated outer lip. A single ex- ample resembling this variety was obtained at Nanafalia, Ala. Locality. ALABAMA: Bell’s Landing (upper) bed. Jee WE JUNE, Philine alabamensis n. sp., Piss hee: Shell oval; whorls about one and a half, smooth and rudi- mentary at the apex, elsewhere covered with fine spiral lines which are finely zig-zag; outer whorl rising above the apex, con- stricted above, expanding rapidly below. This is an exceedingly thin and delicate shell, the first of the genus to be found in our EKocene. Locality.— ALABAMA: ‘Wood’s Bluff horizon at Choctaw Cor- ner. AGTZAALON: Actzon cossmanni n. sp., Pll 20 oe Shell slender; shining spire bluntly pointed; whorls seven, body whorl over half the length of the shell; suture impressed; surface ornamented with fine, close-set, impressed, spiral lines; 177 EocENE MOLLUSCcA II aperture oblong-ovate; outer lip simple; base of shell pointed and curved upwards; inner lip incurved, reflected in its anterior half, the spirals become coarser at the base of the shell and at their juction with the inner lip. This species belongs to the section Cvenzlabéum of Cossmann, and is especially distinguished from the other sections by the absence of a fold and by its pointed aperture at base. Locality.—ALABAMA: Figured specimen from Gregg’s Land- ing; also found in Wood’s Bluff horizon at Choc- taw Corner. SCAT IBIAS OVI, Scaphander ligniticus n. sp., JEN ae iayse, Shell thin, cylindrical, narrowing posteriorly; outer lip rising above the shell; surface finely striated. Differs from S. alabamensis Ald. in its being narrower poste- riorly and longer, and from S. pvzmus Ald. by its more regular- ly cylindrical shape. A specimen is in the National Museum, Washington. Locality. —ALABAMA: Wood’s Bluff horizon at Choctaw Cor- ner. CERRITO SES: This genus is represented in the Eocene by C. xzassula Con. from the Claiborne sand bed; C. dangdonz Ald. from Red Bluff, Miss., which form has been considered to equal the first named species. Both are Lovenellz, but Conrad's species has only three tuberculated revolving lines, while the latter has five. Both shells are mature. The first named. species has also been re- corded from Newton, Miss. C. aldricht Mr. belongs in the sec- tion Metaxia according to Prof. Dall. It is recorded from Red Bluff and Jackson, Miss., and Claiborne, Ala. C. jacksonensis Mr. is equal to C. nassula Con. according to Prof. Dall and seems to connect C. Jangdont Ald. with it. C. bicostellatum Con. described asa Cerithium isa Cerithiopsis. It has not been fig- ured. The following forms seem to be new. Cerithiopsis dalli n. sp., DP ie noise seal: Shell subcylindrical, ornamented with two rows of tubercles which are indented with two or three revolving impressed lines, 12 BULLETIN 8 178 and separated by two or three spirals, giving the whorls a con- stricted appearance in the centre; the tubercles are rather large; suture linear, impressed. This form is quite distin@, but unfortunately the type and only specimen on hand has been crushed so that only a frag- mentary description is possible. The large, coarse tubercles are quite peculiar and serve to distinguish the species from all others. That part of fig. 5a which shows the tubercles on a smooth sur- face has lost its outer layer. : Locality. ALABAMA: Matthews’ Landing. Cerithiopsis conica n. sp., Pl rte Shell small, slender, with four or five embryonic whorls which are longitudinally striate, the following ten whorls as in figure; sculpture consisting of three raised spirals equidistant on each whorl, crossed by numerous raised ribs which are nodular at the intersections; sutural area rather wide carrying in the bottom of the trough a smaller spiral which is nodulous; base smooth; canal short, strongly twisted. Differs from all other forms by the peculiar corded spiral at the suture. Localities. —ALABAMA: Baker’s Bluff on Tombigbee river near St. Stephens; Claiborne sand horizon and White’s marl bed, Monroe county. Cerithiopsis fluviatilis n. sp., Pl. a hieenee Shell small, with four or more embryonic whorls which are striated axially with fine wavy lines, followed by eight or ten whorls, these are ornamented with two raised spirals rather coarse, which are cut into nodules by the two spirals on that part of each whorl nearest the spire; bordering the base of each whorl is another spiral sometimes smooth as in figure or smooth on the body whorl and beaded strongly on the apical one, or in one example with three beaded spirals; suture strongly marked; base with two raised spirals near periphery, otherwise smooth, except almost microscopic lines of growth; canal strongly twist- ed. Several specimens were found, all differing from each other in degree of ornamentation. The base of C. zassula appears to be smooth while this is not. The third or lower spiral line is farther from the middle one than it is from the upper one. 179 EocENE MoLLuscA 13 Looking down from the spire a beaded line appears on the lower side of the sutural area that does not appear in the side view. Locality.—ALABAMA: Choctaw Corner. CANCELLARIA. Cancellaria marieana n. sp., Bier, figs 6: Shell small, rather narrow and elongate; whorls six, rounded, three nuclear and three adult, adult whorls shouldered, cancel- lated; aperture ovate below, more pointed above; labrum crenu- lated in old specimens; pillar lip with two folds; shell umbili- cated. Rather common: differs from all others by its graceful shape and small size when adult. Locality,— ALABAMA: Wood’s Bluff horizon, Choctaw Corner. ODONTOSTOMIA. Odontostomia insignifica n. sp., : Pitot seer e: Shell small, robust; surface smooth; whorls five; outer lip striate internally; inner lip with a strong plait nearly horizontal in front and expanded into a callus to base of shell. Locality, ALABAMA: Gregg’s Landing. VOLVARIA. Volvaria (Volvariella) alabamensis n. sp., IP, ae ialers 2). Shell small, thin, cylindrical; whorls five, three embryonic and smooth, the others covered with numerous, close-set, spiral, im- pressed lines; aperture long and narrow, over two-thirds the length of shell; outer lip smooth within except at the edge where the spiral lines show through; inner lip with two oblique basal folds which are continued to the end by a callus. Only two specimens obtained. Locality. ALABAMA: Wood's Bluff horizon, Choctaw Corner. CERITHIOI. Cerithium delicatulum n. sp., JEN tee HSA, Ol Shell as in figure, rather slender, elongate; whorls covered with numerous, coarse, axial ribs crossed by three spiral ones, nodular at the intersections; suture deeply impressed, bounded by a row of close-set, rounded tubercles, above by a compressed, angular space which is marked by three spiral lines. 14 BULLETIN 8 180 The specimen figured is quite imperfect but sufficiently char- acteristic to be distinguished. Locality.—ALABAMA: Upper bed, Hatchetigbee bluff. SiGaAleaAe Scala exquisita n. sp., Pl. 1) figs= yee: Shell elongate, umbilicate, with about ten whorls, the nuclear ones smooth, balance with fifteen elevated, recurved varices; body of whorl covered with fine spiral striz between the varices and on the outer part of the same; the varices are pointed above, and join at the umbilicus making a rather sharp ridge, some of | them continuing over into the interior of same; aperture round. Locality. ALABAMA: Gregg’s Landing. TUBA. Tuba (Mathilda) leana n. sp., ‘ Pl. 1..8ee2e Shell small; whorls rounded, four in number, excluding spire; nucleus twisted, blunt, erect, rather large and bulbous; surface cancellated, with five or six spirals crossed with axial lines, the spirals just below suture smaller than the others; suture strong- ly marked; aperture rounded, smooth within; pillar lip thick, spreading slightly at base. This shell has some resemblance to Eglesta pulchra Mr. from Claiborne. The drawing shows the aperture of an immature specimen. The nucleus does not lean to one side as in Wathilda, Locality.—ALABAMA: Wood’s Bluff horizon, Choctaw Corner. VENOES OU). Fusus subfilosus n. sp., Ph. 2 ieee: Shell as in figure; whorls eight or nine, seven adult, strongly rounded, acute at periphery; surface covered with numerous fine spirals crossed by lines of growth, some three or four spirals on base of body whorl stronger than the others; outer lip sharp; canal long, slightly twisted; inner lip smooth; aperture a little more rounded above than shown in figure. Very rare, only one perfect specimen found. Locality.— ALABAMA: Claiborne. VODODLET TILES: Volutilithes lisbonensis n. sp., Pl.2) figsy eee 181 EocENE MOLLUSCA 15 Shell as in figure; whorls eight, the first three forming the nucleus which is smooth, the periphery of remaining whorls or- namented with rather sharp spines, body whorl with eleven ribs, spaces between shining and smooth, though very fine lines of growth are present; shell shouldered above the spines and orna- mented with three spiral lines, also slightly spinous, directly above the others; suture distinct; aperture nearly two-thirds the length of the shell; columella with two large plaits, with a small one between; outer lip lirate within; basal part of body whorl closely covered with fine spirals partly impressed and partly raised. This species resembles in general outline . percursor Dall, but that species has no shoulder spines and its ribs are flattened. This form is related to Il’. fefrosus Con., but is much more slen- der, smoother, has stronger ribs and more whorls. Locality. ALABAMA: Lisbon bed, Alabama river. Pelecypoda. LUCINA: Lucina astartiformis n. sp., eS aeles. oiq a. Shell small, rather solid; beak pointed and small; surface with numerous concentric raised laminze which nearly overlap at vent- ral margin; between the strize are fine radiating lines from beak to margin; strize terminating at hinge line in raised points; hinge long and narrow; anterior of shell concave along the hinge line; escutcheon smooth; cardinal teeth separated by a deep quadran- gular fosset; no laterals; muscular impressions distinct; pallial line simple; posterior part of valves somewhat flattened; margin smooth. This species is doubtfully placed in Luczna. Locality.—ALABAMA: Choctaw Corner. ISIEIL ILI EST Kellia prima n. sp., Pie Sse s. 53.72 Shell small, oblong-ovate; both posterior and anterior angu- lated and covered with strong folds radiating from beak to margin; substance of shell thin; surface with very fine micro- scopic punctures; cardinal teeth erect, with deep pit between; lateral tooth small, short, curved, a triangular fosset between it 16 BULLETIN 8 182 and the cardinal teeth, the end of the lateral projecting beyond the hinge plate; muscular scars moderate; pallial line simple; margin smooth. Rare. It resembles A. eocenica de Raine from the Paris ba- sin, but has a different dentition. Locality.— ALABAMA: Choctaw Corner. TA BE inl, Fabella oblonga n. sp., Pl. 5; fies sneeee Shell small, oblong; beaks pointed, nearly central; surface smooth except for a few lines of growth; ventral margin smooth;. cardinal teeth inclined, a triangular fosset between; pallial line simple; cicatrices about equal, moderate; hinge plate flattened. Locality. ALABAMA: Choctaw Corner. SON TIILIL AL. Scintilla clarkeana n. sp., Pi. Sephisenes Shell as in figure; nearly equilateral; surface smooth and shin- ing; cardinal tooth erect; no laterals; pallial line simple; cicatri- ces slightly impressed; ligament internal. Locality. ALABAMA: Choétaw Corner. MSO. Leda marieana n. sp., Pl. sheer Shell elongate; surface smooth anteriorly, concentrically stri- ated in middle area of surface of shell, smooth again posteriorly; umbonal ridge sharply defined. The specimen figured is a young shell but appears to be quite distinct. Locality.— ALABAMA: Choctaw Corner. SYP IPIROUN Lepton? alabamensis n. sp., Plo -55 figeoe Shell small, thin, oval, sides nearly parallel, giving the shell a quadrangular shape; surface smooth; cicatrices moderate, slight- ly impressed; pallial line simple; a small cardinal tooth slightly inclined with fosset on left side of same; no laterals. This shell resembles in form the genus Leffon, but having no laterals its place is only provisional. Localities. —ALABAMA: Baker’s Bluff; Claiborne sand bed. poePlate 2: 18 BULLETIN 8 184 EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. (2) Page Big. wa. Mathilda recdlares (Ney Ci nese eer eee ree 6, 172. b. Showing spire. c. Enlarged view of sculpture. on Tuba (Mathilda) deanay i iSp ieee eee es ee 14, 180. Bae, Cerithiopses, foil via sees Mie IS ee icar eee ees eee 12, 178. ein COV LEN TO PSUS GOICTCO ANG SI) fenton fan eee eee eee Bees stoi ESS 3); Bile ICC RCOPSESIAGITE Nee SIDS (saree tence ae tanta ae Lie 277 a. ‘i iy Gs CA CCLUATIONTIOATUCO ILO: ANAS soe eee eee eee eee 13, 179. Fk SCOla CXOUISTLG WN Sion ees cue er eee cee eee 14, 180. a. Showing base. 8.) Od On 1OSTONITE TSI FUUICE Mee Seo n-ne ore eee 13, 179. 9. Cervithium delicaiulum W. Spc... -0--0--+--2-e0 eens yeni, RO+) PDOStN 1a PERCH ATOLOES PSOE K eee cerin ae sneer 6, 172. a. Showing hinge. h9 ae laansetsu nea!) z ie @ Oo te oh Pine lop! nt ‘d MT aE. 20 BULLETIN 8 186 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2. (3) Page Ries, Volwiilethess ashorversis) ws Sp) saat see eee 14, 180. a. i a Be \ FUsiUs SHO OSUS he SP case tenons vee scr cesta a es OCS ais 3. Volvarin ( Volvariella) alabamensis n. Sp......-..: 13, 179. AN) SCOPRAUCEr Vig NULICUS (Als “SPusas 2 eee ie 77 /c Bye CALCHZON COSSHUGTL70 DANS (Uy scay 3 eta eae ie ie 10, 176. 61 Rene tcule® dalle: Clair aohrtscscs ence ane ey eer 8, 174. 7. Ringicula txapaguara TAS. 2.42). cene ee as Ses Si) Reng tele Qa baiiensts. Me Sp. x. «2 2d Avie Geol. Sur. Tex., 1891, p. 50 et seg.,—Kennedy. But little is definitely known regarding the Lignitic beds of Texas. Penrose was the first to study them with any degree of care. Owing however to the lack of molluscuous remains throughout nearly their whole extent, it is impossible to accurately define them geographically or stratigraphically. Below is a brief summary of our present knowledge on the subject. Rio Grande.—It is possible that beds belonging to the Lignitic stage will be found along the Rio Grande; but at present there 199 LIGNITIC STAGE 7 is no proof that such beds exist ; on the contrary, if the expan- sion of the Lower Claiborne in this part of the State is, as it would seem to be from the meagre data we have, it is quite probable that it overlaps the Lignitic and Midway stages and meets the Cretaceous. Colorado River.—On this river the Lignitic beds must be very poorly represented, for Penrose writes that five miles by river below the outcrops of the Basal clays in the neighborhood of Webberville, a low fossiliferous bluff is seen. These fossils identified by the present writer, are of Lower Claiborne horizon. Hence the Lignitic deposits can have on this river a width of no more than five miles. Brazos River. —It ison the Brazos River where the Lignitic stage is typically exhibited. Penrose thus describes this section : * ‘““ About a mile and a half below Pond creek is seen an out- crop of Tertiary sand, containing black specks and rendered plastic by a white clay. It is capped by semi-indurated Quaternary gravel and sand, and contains large nodules which give a strong reaction for carbonate of lime, and which are simply hardened masses of the enveloping sand. ‘They are one to eight feet in diameter, hard, kidney-shaped, flat or nodular, and project out of the compact sandy bluff in a most characteristic manner. Loose fragments of silicified wood, which have also doubtless been derived from the same bed, lie among the many nodules that have been eroded out. So many of these rocky masses have been loosened from the sand and piled up in the bed of the river that they have obstructed its course, and have formed rapids. Many of these rocks are round or oval, and are locally known as ‘“‘ kettle bottoms.’’ Such strata as these are seen down the river for a mile and a half from this point, where they dip under a series of gray clays containing beds of lignite, varying from one to five feet thick and associated with ferruginous sand. The clay contains large masses of silicified wood, which is sometimes seen in places in the bed, but more often has been weathered out and lies in the bed of the stream. .Occasionally nodules of clay ironstone, gen- erally in a semi-oxidized condition, are found. Such strata are exposed for about a mile, when the gray sands with calcareous * st Ann’l. Rept. Geol. Sur. Tex., 1890, p. 26. 8 BULLETIN 9 . 200 concretions and indurations again appear. This deposit con- tains considerable quantities of iron pyrites, and the indurations are often cut by veins of crystalline calcite. A short distance below here is Calvert. Bluff,* Robertson county, where lignite occurs in large quantities and has been worked intermittently for many years. The beds of this strata are shown in the following section : La Brownband ered Vrivienestht es. an iaes teen Raters to feet Bp uGrrany ee Clabyc cit some cei omen Meech atiletare eM areas anal o to 3 feet — Bie AAO MAES coh ale peek el tes acetate cae ne eee nla eet eS Tomieer Bes GRAY Vic laty iE Soy selies ae ue ot Fie ets Ronee oa eee a Zeer Cogs Wako abc men tear Muara CR onmn | AoA a ete inie BN ater Gui | Garay: YClaiy ea ook aye Meets oe ring ae ne ca Bulect The clay beds in the above section contain large clay iron- stone concretions, which enclose many leaf impressions. The lignite is black, woody, friable, and of a dull lustre. It is faulted and much jointed. Dip, three degrees southeast. From here to where the International and Gieat Northern Railroad crosses the river we see sand beds with calcareous indurations, such as have been described at Rocky Rapids. At this point is a bluff showing sixteen feet of Tertiary strata, capped by over fifteen feet of a highly calcareous light green and yellow Qua- ternary clay containing many small white concretions. The base of the Tertiary part of this bluff is composed of black clay from the water edge up to ten feet above it, and is overlaid by six feet of non-fossiliferous greensand marl. The Qua- ternary lies unconformably on the Tertiary strata. It is to be seen at many points along the river from Falls county down, and is doubtless the representative of an old river silt forma- tion. For twelve miles below this point is seen a series of interbedded and interlaminated clays and sands, with occasional beds of lignite, and some few small gray calcareous concretions. Frequently small fragments of lignite are seen in the sand beds, showing that the swifter waters, which changed the character of the bed from clay to sand, were also responsible for the destruction of lignite beds, the fragments of which were depos- ited with the sand. * The figure herewith given is from State Geologist Dumble’s work on the Lignite or Brown Coal of Texas. CALVERT BLUFF ; a Lignitic outcrop on Brazos river, Tex. 201 UIGNITIC STAGE 9 East of Brazos River.— Lignite deposits are known to increase rapidly in areal extent eastward from the Brazos, but so far as we are aware there are no sections better adapted for study than the one just cited along that river. One thing, however, seems very remarkable, viz, the occurence of fossils on the Sabine river so far down as Sabinetown, that have a lignitic aspect. They were obtained by C. W. Johnson, while collect- ing for the Lea Memorial Collection. It is certainly strange that in counties to the north, as Cherokee, Rusk and Nacogdoches, in Texas and Bossier and Bienville parishes in Louisiana, typi- cal Lower Claiborne fossils should be found in abundance, while at Sabinetown, this seemingly Lignitic fauna occurs. This is the first Lignitic fauna discovered west of Alabama. That Lower Claiborne deposits also occur near or at this bluff, is proven by the fossils received by the Geological Sur- vey of Texas, while the writer was one of its employés. They were furnished by Mr. John W. Low, who resides in a neigh- boring town, and consist of Vexericardia planicosta, Levifusus trabeatus, Nassa scalata, and Pseudoliva vetusta ; Nassa scalata is so far as known confined to the Lower Claiborne. There seem to be no grounds whatever for regarding this bluff as of Jackson or ‘‘ Mansfield’’ age. Mr. Johnson has very kindly furnished me with the section at Sabinetown given below. ‘The bluff he estimated to be about 200 feet in length, and to show a southern dip of about 20 feet. He remarks ‘‘I got the fossils from the upper portion, where the bluff was not over 35 or 40 feet high. A large spring was pouring over the bank, which probably prevented the fossiliferous strata from becoming sandstone, as it was on the dry portion of the bluff. They were not very plentiful, and it was hard work to find the few I got. I was told that just above the ferry, (probably a half mile above the bluff ) was a bed of lignite etc.’’ Seétion at Sabinetown, Texas. Tee OO Bava wrrs recess cece be fete we hres Mua ae ie Sas & feet 2. Sand, stratified and more or less indurate............ 25 feet aly, LU aiimounnencercl Se hove Win (cll zh cae at ae Maren Ages oe aetna yar 12 feet 4. Yellowish sand with thin layers of iron-stone...... 3 feet Bien Gotccany al SMUG ATIG eau aaa Ss aed cB hci Wack a ae NSS Se 7eteet IO BULLETIN 9 202 6., Hard, fossiliferous*sand-stome’.«.c2-- sae oe hee ee 2 feet 7. ‘Mndurater sandy tclay,; piossiltkeratise sss -ee eae 5 feet 8. Indurate greenish sand, containing one or two stra- tavof sandstone: 2200.2. Schaar ba aoe came neta 20 feet Eta cuit cae Soe eae toagtecoaan ee es eeemnee ite see enor 80 feet The most characteristic species are: Calyptraphorus trino- diferus, Cornulina armigera, Volutilithes petrosus var. tuomey2, Corbula, probably a var. of alabamiensis, Leda aldrichiana, Mactra var. bistriata, Sigaretus bilix, ‘‘Kellia’’ prima, Natica, Tel- fina, and a large Cardium not yet described. Louisiana. References : — Report on the [ron Ore Region of La., and Eastern Texas, Flouse Doc. No. 195, soth Congress, rst Ses. 1888,—Johnson. Ann’l Rept. Ark. Geol. Sur. 1892, vol. wt, p. 181,—Harris. American Geolo- gist, vol. 15, p. 209 ,17895,—Vaughan. Bull. rg2, U.S. Geol. Sur. p. 15, 1896,— Vaughan. The northwestern corner of this State may be occupied by Lignitic deposits as indicated on the map accompanying my report on the Tertiary Geology of Southern Arkansas ; vol. ii as given in the references. All molluscan remains of the Lower Claiborne stage seem to die out a few miles north of Plaindeal- ing. These unfossiliferous beds were supposed by me to be the continuation of similar deposits in Arkansas, which I referred to the Lignitic. Arkansas. References : — Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 1, New Ser. 1817, —Maclure. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. tt, pp. 45- 46,—Nuttall. Carte Géologique des Etats-unis et des Provinces Anglaises de l’ Amérique du nord, 1858,—Marcou. Second Rept. Geol. Reconn. Ark., TS860,—Owen, Jour, “Acad: Nat© Scza 220 7 Seren vol. 9, pl 4,—Heilprin. Anwl Rept. Geol. Sur. Ark., 1888, vol, ,—Hill. Ann’l Rept. Geol. Sur. Ark., 1892, vol. t, pp. 105-138,—FPenrose. Ann'l kept. Geol. Sur. Ark., 1892, vol. 11,—Harris. 203 LIGNITIC STAGE 10 In my report on the Tertiary of Arkansas, I have referred the greater portion of Grant, Dallas, Ouachita, Nevada, Col- umbia and Miller counties to the Lignitic stage. This I was induced to do by the presence in many places along the Cre- taceous border of thin Midway deposits, and the presence of Lower Claiborne fossils in the northern Bossier, Webster, and Claiborne parishes in Louisana, and at Walnut bluff, Oua- chita county, Arkansas. Farther east, in Cleveland and Jef- ferson counties, the Jackson with possibly some Claiborne beds approaches rapidly the Cretaceous border. It was pointed out that although beds of Lignitic age do exist in Arkansas, between these Midway and Claibornian deposits, exact lines of demarc- ation cannot be drawn. A general idea of their distribution is indicated by the map accompanying that report. Some of the typical localities on or near the Ouachita were described in Ann’l. Rep’t. Geol. Sur. Ark., 1892, vol. ii. The old coal mine spoken of by Owen, on section 12, 12H, 18W, was visited and the following facts noted : Mr. Richmond Hibbard who resides at that place says it is in the northeast quarter of the above section. The following outcrop is at present visible : Seétion at the old mine of the Camden coal company, Oua- chita county, Arkansas. 1. Arenaceous material, not well exposed...........-....-.:.:0esseees Zu + WU pieriate Goypelllenc) ol Clay euda sea beboade cbesosceenacabneauncnacesneaes Gmleck Bl NnUWS, Behovoll Anes hose sndandeeben bo aasodcononcevondedsoncreseaade 6 feet Bie y FANOHIRIO ON G5 cacdticd ah capes nbeer nebonE coe Hodecunndea da yacopuno: 8 feet io aesTabhtSs Chane qeebn begAoABUpeebRHOSsarDuaDE casdceesdsAce oc SebeHaee oun 6 feet The bed of lignite here represented is unbroken by sand or clay partings, but vertical joints passing in a north-northwest, and south-southeast direction, stained with iron oxide are num- erous. Its color is more nearly that of true coal than that of any other lignitic deposit seen by the writer in the State. It is generally dull black, though streaks from one quarter to three quarters of an inch thick, of hard shiny matter are not - uncommon. There is a new opening into this bed, in 12S., 18W., sec- tion 14, the northwest quarter of the southeast quarter, which is, according to Mr. Hibbard, very nearly or quite on a level 12 BULLETIN 9 204 with the old opening. Other outcrops of this bed are said to OCCHT ine sections) 2mm atid ene. The only fossils found in this vicinity by the writer were leaves, or their impressions, in a sandy, indurated, and highly ferruginated matrix. Numerous chunks taken from the new opening were literally packed with scaly, leaf-bearing layers. The surface of this district is rendered exceedingly rough by the obdurate character of numerous sandstone beds which are underlaid by more yielding clays and sands. The absence of Orange sand is noteworthy. The same general group of deposits doubtless obtains in 129., 18W., section 30, where as stated above, Owen found ‘“Tertiary ’’ sandstone and shales, associated with the lignitic bed.* Geology about Camden.— The vicinity of Camden is ex- tremely interesting from a geological point of view, in that it furnishes the most extensive outcroppings of the Lignitic stage known in Arkansas. On account of these extensive and typi- cal exposures, Hill has given the name ‘‘ Camden series’’ to all the deposits recognized by him in southwestern Arkansas, as belonging to the Tertiary system. f The most striking feature regarding these outcrops is the preponderance of arenaceous material. To be sure there is more or less agillaceous matter scattered through nearly all the beds, and to this constituent doubtless the permanence and perpendicularity of many of the bluffs are due; but the few purely clay beds are compartively insignificant and grade out laterally into almost pure sand. Ljignitic matter is often present to such an extent as to give the surface of an outcrop a dark gray color, but this material will generally be found upon close examination to be finely comminuted and mixed with a much greater amount of white fine qurtz sand. ‘This peculiar feature is remarkably pronounced all along the ravine in the south cen- tral part of the town, crossed by both the St. Louis Southwest- ern and the Camden Division of the St. Louis, Iron Mountain and Southern Railways. Both above and below the lower ter- *See Rep. of Geological Reconnoissance of Arkansas, 1860, p. 230. + Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Arkansas for 1888, vol. II, pp. 50-188. 205 LIGNITIC STAGE 13 minus of this ravine there are high bluffs along the right bank of the Ouachita which are difficult of ascent, and often perpen- dicular. This is especially true of those just below where they rise about 70 feet above the river at a mean stage. These will suffice to show the general nature and character- istics of the Lignitic beds of Arkansas. Missouri. We have little or no definite knowledge regarding the Tertiary of Missouri, though the lowlands of the southeastern portion are supposed to be underlaid by beds of this and perhaps the Cretaceous age. We are gratified to know that the present State Geologist is about to take this matter in hand, and it is to be hoped that this portion of the State will soon be mapped and its fossil faunas made known. Illinois. References : — Geological Survey of Illinois, vol. 7, p. 44 etal., 1866, — Worthen. Geological Survey of Ken- tucky, Report on Jackson’s Purchase Region, 1888, pp. 45-46, — Loughridge. We have not personally visited the Tertiary deposits of this State and cannot say to what stage they belong, but it is reason- able to suppose that they should be classed as Midway or Lig- nitic or probably as both. The siliceous gravels and conglom- erates remind one strikingly of those found in southwestern Arkansas. Worthen says: ‘‘ This system [ Tertiary] has only been identified in the southern portion of the State, and ap- pears to attain its greatest development in Pulaski county, where it is represented by a series of stratified sands and clays of various colors, with beds of siliceous gravel, often cemented into a ferruginous conglomerate by the infiltration of a hydroxyd of iron. A marked feature of this system, in Pulaski county, is the presence of a bed of green marly sand, which from its litho- logical characters was at first supposed to be the equivalent of the Cretaceous green sand of New Jersey. An examination of the fossils which it affords, however, seems to leave no doubt of its Tertiary age. They consist of marine shells, belonging to ‘the genus Cucullea and Turritella, in the form of casts, the I4 BULLETIN 9 206 shell itself having been dissolved and entirely removed, so as to perclude the possibility of specific identification. A single shark’s tooth was obtained from this bed near Caledonia. Along the edge of the Ohio, at Caledonia, there is a thin bed of Mgnzie to be seen, at extreme low water. It is only a few inches thick, and forms the lowest stratum of Tertiary exposed in the vicinity. ‘““At Ft: Massac, on the Ohio, just above Metropolis, the ferru- ginous conglomerate already mentioned is from forty to fifty feet in thickness. * * * Siliceous wood, in a fine state of preservation has been found quite abundant in the Tertiary beds in Pulaski and Alexander counties .’’ | Loughridge gives the Caledonia section as follows : MESO EO) eee (Ob Ode aan timer apn ae Moonta anda. staiiee Gan coe to feet 2 Vc Sil br OF MOA Tay CAs sialic ata ake Seer ects eee 10 feet Bir GANG sic ie kh der ae Melee ies Loe ce SL Cee aan eee Re 5 feck a0 Darky sandy, velay. imdunated ss cescs see eee 20 feet 5. Dark joint clay, weathering into a gray shale Aaal \yiplelal (SreeKeles je bbovalbalse S216) M/pocesbndans: 25 eee 6. Greensand (glauconite) with hyaline sand ; also some pDidek satmdyanduclayaa aes see se eeeeenerer 2 to 4 feet The lower moiety of this bluff is undoubtedly Eocene Tertiary, but as remarked before its exact horizon is unknown. Kentucky. References : — Geol. Surv. Ky., vol. 1, pp. 27-24, 1856, — Owen. AAT. SOU, 2HA ASCE) Ge, 2750 FOL, SEO tre oe guercux. ~~ Proc. “Acs Nat. Sct. Philo i Ssemape 57,— Heilprin. Geol. Surv. Ky., Jackson’s Pur- chase Region, pp. 41-52, 1888, — Loughridge. Some of the bluffs along the Mississippi river, presumably referable to the Lignitic stage of the Eocene were visited by D. D. Owen as early as 1854, and described by him in 1856 as ‘“Quaternary beds’’ ‘‘ quaternary lignite’’ etc. In 1859 Lesque- reux identified the following species from the ‘‘chalky banks of the Mississippi River near Columbus, Ky :’’ Quercus virens Michx., Castanea nana? Muhl., Ulmus alata? Michx., Planera gmelint Michx., Prinos integrifolia FEll., 207 INEM “SHowes 15 Ceanothus americanus? Vin., Carya oliveformis Nutt., Gledit- schia triacanthos 1,., and Acorus calamus. In 1888 Loughridge describes other fossiliferous outcrops which may belong to the Lignitic stage, as follows : ‘“On the road leading south from Paducah, and at points there and four miles distant, fine exposures are traced in the deep washes by the side of the road. ‘There is a broad valley on the south of Eden’s hill and on rising from this valley, going southward, the most northern of these outcrops is seen. The next exposure is about one mile farther south, or on the south side of this hill, consisting of twelve feet ( exposed ) of lignitic joint. clay, below four feet of micaceous sand-rock, in which are large numbers of casts of Lower Eocene fossils ; about thirty feet of Quaternary gravel and loam overlie the bed. The strata seem to dip slightly to the north. ‘“The laminated sand-rock is again exposed a mile south, on the eastern edge of the hill of hard Onondaga quartzite at Mr. Byer’s ; its outcrop is about fifty feet thick ; the strata are in an almost vertical position, and have a north and south strike. It is in the bed of the creek, and may have fallen in at some time by the undermining action of water, though it is not broken up and its bedding is very regular. Casts of fossil shells were also found here. Its surface is about five feet below that of the outcrops on the north side of the valley, in the section just described. On the west side of the hill of quartzite, and but a short distance from this sand-rock, a well, when dug, struck blackish joint clay at about fifteen feet, and penetrated it for thirty-five or forty feet without passing through it.’’ * * * Fossil casts found here have been determined by Prof. Heil- prin, of the Philadelphia Academy of Science, to comprise the following : ‘‘Mysta. — species probably 47. uwngulina. Leda.— species probably L. Drotexta. Leda — species indet. Nucula.— species probably JV. ovula. Turritella. —species Turritella mortont.’’ —Ffeiulpin. 16 BULLETIN 9 208 Loughridge establishes a basal Eocene stage in Kentucky under the name of ‘‘ Hickman group ;’’ which represents to some extent the northern extension of the Midway of Mississippi and Tennessee. The above quotations are taken from what he terms the ‘‘Lignitic group,’’ concerning which he makes the following general statement : ‘‘ This, the next lowest division of the Eocene, embraces the two groups of Safford’s Tennessee, viz: Porter’s creek and bluff lignite, which he supposed were separated by his Lagrange beds, but which are in reality one and the same bed, as shown in the bluff of the Ohio on the Illinois shore at Caledonia, as well as by the continuity of the belt on the east, north and west of the Purchase region.’’ By consulting Bulletin Amer. Paleont. vol. i, p. 136 it will be seen that the Porter’s creek group is for the most part Midway. Tennessee. References: — Amer. Jr. Sci., 2d ser., vol. 27, 363-365, 59, —Lesguereux. Amer. Jr. Sct., 2d ser., vol. 37, pp. 368-370, °’64,—Safford. Geology of Ten- nessee, 1869.—Safford. Ann’l Rep’t Geol. Surv. Arkansas, “809, Uole* (2255p) 2385) Oi eee Bull. State Board of Health ( Tenn.) vol. v, No. 7, pp.98-106, '90,—Safford. The first important article on the Neozoic of Tennessee was by James M. Safford, entitled ‘‘On the Cretaceous and superior formations of West Tennessee.’’ In his generalized section of these beds the terms he used to designate the different Tertiary formations are as follows : ‘“ 6. Bluff Lignite, ( provisional), Tertiary ? 5. Orange sand or LaGrange Group, Tertiary. 4. Porter’s Creek Group, ( provisional), Tertiary ?’”’ He then very correctly correlates this Porter’s creek group with the ‘‘ Flatwoods’’ region of northern Mississippi, i.e. the upper part of the Midway stage as now understood. Of his La- Grange group he says: It occupies a belt about forty miles wide, which runs ina north north-easterly direction through nearly the central portion of this division of the State. As seen in bluffs, 209 LIGNITIC STAGE ey railroad cuts, gullies, and in nearly all exposures, it is gener- ally a great stratified mass of yellow, orange, red or brown and white sands, presenting occasionally an inter-stratified bed of white, gray, or varigated clay. * * * It is difficult to estimate the thickness of the group. It doubtless dips, though at a slight angle, tothe west. Its thickness may be assumed to be about 600 feet. Three miles north of Somerville he collected a series of fossil leaves beautifully preserved in a thin sandstone in place. These were named or described by Lesquereux in thé Ameri- can Journal of Science 2d ser., vol. 27, p. 363, 1859, as follows : 1. Quercus myrtifolia Willd. ; 2. Prunus caroliniana Michx.; 3. Laurus carolinensis? Michx.; 4. Fagus ferruginea Michx. (fruit); 5. Quercus crassinervis? Ung.; 6. Quercus saffordt Lesqx. ; 7. Andromeda vaccinifolie affinis , 8. Andromeda dubia Lesqx.; 9. Eleagnus inequalis Lesqx. ; 10. Sapotacites amer- icanus Lesqx.*; 11. Salix densinervis Lesqx. Though Les- quereux supposes these beds to be of Upper Miocene age, Sat- ford very properly classes them as Hocene. Of the ‘‘ Bluff lignite’? Safford remarks that it is buta ‘‘provis- ional group’’ generally well exposed below the gravel of the Missis- sippi bluffs, but may thin out in an easterly direction. He gives a section of those beds at Randolph, Tipton county, in which lignitic sandy beds are 190 feet in thickness. Lesquereux’s new species and a few others are figured in Safford’s Geology of Tennessee, 7; and the general statements regarding the Neozoic of western Tennessee as referred to are reiterated in this State report. So far as we are aware no molluscan fossils have been found in this State from the LaGrange or Bluff sands—deposits that presumably belong to the Lignitic stage. Mississippi. References : — Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. t, p. 324, 1819,—Cornelius. Prelim. Rept. Geol. Agr. Miss., 1857,—Harper. Rept. on Geol. and Agr. Miss., 1810,—Hilgard. Proc. Amer. Asso. Adv. Sct., vol. xx, 1871 ,p. 222, maps,—Hilgard. Amer. Jour. Sct.. vol, it p. 271, 187,1—Hilgard. Amer. Jour. Sct., vol. 22, pp. " # This species is added to Lesquereux’s list as published by Safford, 1864. 18 BULLETIN 9 210 58-65,’88,—Fitlgard. Contrib. Geol. and Paleont. U.S., p. 32, ’84,—Hleilprin. _ Contrary to the prevailing ideas heretofore expressed, we believe the truly Lignitic deposits, i.e. those representing the Lignitic as we define them in Alabama, are not extensively developed in Mississippi save perhaps in the northern counties where they presumably represent the southern extension of Safford’s La Grange group, and perhaps Biuff sand. Bordering the Cretaceous on the east are the Flatwoods clays represent- ing doutless the Midway. On the west or southwest there is a fossiliferous Lower Claiborne horizon as indicated to some ex- tent on Hilgard’s map accompanying his report on the Agricul- ture and Geology of Mississippi. The ‘“‘outlier’’ of this latter horizon about Vaiden is doubtless simply a fossiliferous phase of the same and should be connected with the Lower Claiborne to the southeast, thus embracing a considerable of the so-called ‘‘ Northern Lignitic’’ area in the Lower Claiborne. So far as we are aware no molluscan fossils have been found in the Lignitic of this State; that the fossils at Vaiden are of Lower Claiborne age there can be no doubt for we have made satisfactory collections from that locality. ss Hilgard in 1871 subdivided his Lignitic into Flatwoods and LaGrange beds, and gave them the total thickness of 450 feet. From our observations in Tennessee, Mississippi and Alabama it would seem that 200 feet would not be an unreasonable estimate for the Midway (Flatwoods) beds of this State, leaving therefore 290 of LaGrange deposits. Heilprin has suggested an extension overlapping in this ‘‘North- ern Lignitic’’ of Jackson beds, including the Vaiden fossilif- erous deposits. In this he is wrong, for the Jackson beds as they passed northward would pass west of Vaiden, through the Yazoo-Mississippi flats where they have long since been carried away. The Arkansas limb of the northern extension of the Jackson is in a better state of preservation. Alabama. References: — Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 6, rst ser. WO LIETE 1809,—Maclure. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. Z, 2d ser., 1817,—Macure. four. Acad. Wat. 2iI LAS WAS” SANAere 19 Sci., Phila. vol. 6, °28,— Vanuxem. Amer. YORE, (SU BO OA BON Oe EGS Velen ed First Biennial Report on the Geology of Alabama, ’50,--Tuomey. Proc. Ac. Nat. SOLU DP. 449, °53,-—Conrad ; p. 166, ’57,—Conrad ; 64, p. 212,—Conrad. Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sti, vol. x, p. 82, °57,--Winchell. Second Biennial Report on the Geology of Alabama, ’58,——Tuomey. four. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, p. 291, 1860, —Conrad. Amer. Jour. Conch. vol. t, p. 259, 65, —- Whitfield. Conty. Geol. and Fal. U. S., 84, — Heilprin. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phila., SO, (IPL BOURGAS eh Pi) TESTE oe SECU aie, JEM NA (UL SOCAN SSO TU USS a Smith & Johnson. Bull. r, Geol. Surv. Ala., 86, — Aiba), BO (Cools Soo AV Bao4 Sb bs De es ’9r,—Langdon. Geol. Surv. Ala.,’95, — Smith, Aldrich, Langdon. Amer. Jour. Sct., vol. 47, p. 301, ’94,—Harris. Dana’s Manual Geol., p. 888, OR IE Os BOM valida, Jay WIN Oe VES OS 5 Aldrich. Bull. Amer. Pal., No. 8,’97,—Aldrich. Bull. Amer: Pal., No. 4, °97,—Harns. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,’96, p. 470,—Harris. Historical notes. —'This is, and ever will be, the classic or type State for the marine Eocene series in America, and it is especially true of the stage now under consideration, for while beds presumably representing this stage in Texas, Arkansas, Mississippi and other States are well developed and present some interesting features, they are nearly or wholly destitute of molluscan fossils, a want that renders their age and boundaries vague or ill defined. It seems then worth while to pause and study the development of Lignitic stratigraphy and paleontol- ogy under this heading. Passing at once over the vague generalities of Maclure and the somwhat reformed classification of Neozoic terranes by Vanuxem, the first account of a personal observer in the Lig- nitic deposits of this State is that of C. S. Hale, 1848. He attempted the establishment of a generalized section of the Eocene of this State as follows: 20 BULLETIN 9 212 & 9. White limestone. Sand and shells. Clay bed with oysters. Marly arenaceous limestone. Clay bed with oysters. Sand and shells. Lignite ( or lowest ) Clay bed. It is bed No. 3 of this sedtion, viz., the basal bed of the Claiborne escarpment that he supposed expanded to the north and included all fossil bearing rocks as far north as Black’s bluff on the Alabama and Woods bluff on the Tombigbee. Between Tate’s ferry and Upper Peach Tree on the Alabama, and between Woods bluff and Black bluff on the Tombigbee, beds 1 and 2 are found. Section of the Claiborne bluff. eH NWAM DN CO SSS Se We recognize at once in this classification our upper Mid- way beds in No. 1, lower Lignitic beds in No. 2 and upper Lignitic and Lower Claiborne in No. 3. Hale was evidently a close observer, for in speaking of the fossiliferous deposits of Clark county on ‘‘ Bashui creek’’ he says that they: include nearly all the different species of testacea common in other parts of the series, together with many new ones, some of which are unique. Of the latter may be noticed a Rostellaria, differing from Lea’s R. lamarckiz in having a more attenuated rostrum, and a very promi- nent tubercle on the back of the body whorl [ Calyft. trino- diferus Con.|. Also a species of Voluta, having a general resemblance to V. ductator of the London clay, but differing in a remarkable deposit of enamel behind the aperture, forming a large bourelet covering half the spire to the summit, envelop- ing also the folds of the columella, and otherwise flattening and deforming the symmetry of the aperture [ V7. twomeyz Con]. Also a new species of Zornatella, shell robust, spirally fluted with flattened ribs, spire attenuated, two stout folds on the columella, outer lip denticulate [Zornatellea bella Con.|, etc., ete: About simultaneously with Hale’s explorations were the first beginnings of Michael Tuomey’s studies of beds now classed in the Lignite stage of the Gulf slope. Upon being appointed professor of Geology in the University of ‘Tuscaloosa it was 213 LIGNITIC STAGE 21 one of his duties ‘“‘to spend such portions of his time, not exceeding four months of each year, in exploring the State, in connection with his proper department, as the ‘Trus- tees may consider for the advantage of the State.’’ These explorations commienced in 1847, and such extracts from the reports made to the Trustees, as were thought to be of general interest appeared in the newspapers of Tuscaloosa. In 1848 Tuomey was appointed State Geologist and in 1850 his First Biennial Report appeared. Therein his description of the Lignitic Eocene of Alabama reads as follows: ‘A few miles southwest of Prairie Bluff, a very marked change may be observed in the face of the country. As the Dumas settlement is approached, the surface becomes broken, and the long-leaf pine is almost the sole occupant of the high and sandy ridges. ‘“‘Along the State road, the physical features of the country are such as could not be mistaken by any one who had studied the Tertiary of North or South Corolina. The same magnifi- cent growth of pines, and the same sandy surface, Seabee ly concealed by the tufts of harsh wiry grass. “About two miles north of Choctaw Corner, the surface beds are removed by the streams that flow into Horse creek. These little rivulets are shaded in their course by groves of magnolias of striking beauty, of which superb genus three or four species may be seen together: Magnolia grandiflora, two feet in diam- eter, and emulating in height the tallest trees of the forest ; M. tripetela, with its long narrow leaves; JZ. macrophylla, and M. auriculata, all in the same clump. ‘Some of the most remarkable beds of lignite in the State, are found upon each side of the point where the public road crosses the creek. On the west, the stream has encroached on the bank, and laid the deposit bare. The lignite has lost all traces of woody structure, is quite homogeneous and compact, resembling the black mud of peat-bogs, when partially dried. It is intersected by joints that cross it in various directions, and presents a sufficient disposition to split into laminz, to re- mind one of cleavage. It is impossible, at this locality, not to recognize some of the stepsin the conversion of vegetable matter into coal. This bed passes upwards into a black clay colored by intermixture with lignite, and rests upon a bed of 22 > BUI EE TENG 9 214 blue and fine sand, which is sometimes sufficiently indurated to form sandstone; the latter is better seen lower down the creek. ‘* Section on Horse Creek. Ta ‘Stinface tbeds riya ck vues satay ce ue geen teats eee ae Din), Waiek wie lentes ie a ciscaen altescec enim ereele cle arate ar ge ey ee 2 feet eters Bole Su UC NERD rE Meron Areas RIOR NET A eMRN REA A oc dnioccic o aeeer 4. Blue sand, and sometimes sandstone..................006: ““About a mile from Choctaw Corner, a highly interesting locality was pointed out to me by Mr. Worrel: at this place, I saw the preceding bed of lignite, with the addition on the the top of a bed of marl four feet thick, containing a consid- erable proportion of green sand, having embedded in it Cardzta planicosta, and other easily recognized Eocene fossils ; the whole resting upon a stratum of blue sand. ‘The following diagram exhibits the order of super-position, and thickness of the beds at this locality : ‘“Seétion on Bashi Creek. Phar: Niimestonie seis saet ate eden gee ee nea 4 feet Mari shielily fosstlifenousies. sac eceee cence eee ocean tae 25 feet Blues sandwin Vamiabole: ca cga laces sen merase ignite cand clay ace. yaaa tacs asia saase tee eee eee 6 feet Laminated clay, sand, and mud. Thickness unde- POP AMT TTTO A ere On dae Nei eee eae sia ignite: “Whicknessundetermimed 2). ia. eee Serta ane O 6 1. This isa bed of hard rock, differing in composition but little from the marl which underlies it, excepting in its greater hardness. It appears to overlie the marl pretty generally, for I found it at localities miles distant. When cut through by the streams, or fissured (which is often the case) from any cause, the marl below is washed out, and caves of small extent are formed. ‘‘2. The marl of this bed presents all the chara¢ters of the substance so called in Virginia, excepting perhaps, that the fos- sils are in a finer state of preservation, than any found in the Eocene beds of that State. Green sand is also disseminated through this; all the dark colored grains, however, do not be- long to this mineral. Green sand is readily distinguished by the 215 LIGNITIC STAGE og) green streak left, when a grain is crushed upon a piece of white paper, with the moistened point of a knife. ‘*2. Thisis a bed of bluish sand, the thickness of which was concealed, as the section is only traced by following the stream in its downward course along its channel ; the beds being often in part concealed from the sliding down of the surface beds. ‘a. The overlying black, tenaceous clay, and lignite of this part of the section, differ in no respect from a similar bed already described. In the laminated clay, leaves of dicotyledinous plants are not uncommon. ‘‘5, 6—Represent beds seen on another part of the stream be- low the preceding. ‘The following are among the most abundant fossils at this lo- cality : Ostrea compressirostra. Voluta sayana? Cytherea. Cardium nicolletz. Cardita planicosta. Lnfundibulum trochiformts. Rostellaria velata. Solarium. Acte@on pomilius. ‘The oyster shells found here are large and and ponderous, and resemble very closely a variety of O. compressirostra found on Santee canal, South Carolina. ““Rostellaria velata has a longer and more attenuated canal than the Claiborne fossil. Cavdita planicosta is in finer preservation than I have seen it elsewhere, The fossil that I have referred with doubt to V. sayana, at certain stages of growth, has a thick callus on the columella, which partly conceals the spire. ‘‘Whether this be a prolongation of the Claiborne bed or not, I am as yet unable to decide. The mineral composition is dif- ferent ; and although the greater number of fossils are identi- cal with those of Claiborne, yet as a group they are very distinct, besides containing forms not found at that locality. But these differences, considering the wide interval between the two lo- calities, are quite consistent with their identity. ‘Five or six miles south of Choctaw Corner,* and on the east of the way to Macon, on the road to Tallahatta springs, thick ledges of rock are seen outcropping toward the top of the hills, and associated with a stratum of white silicious, and in * This name is now transferred from the place indicated on the map, to where the post office is kept. 24 BULLETIN 9 216 some places indurated, clay. The surface of the beds of rock is often covered with silicified shells, much broken up, but often capable of being determined. I found here Cardzta planicosta, and Petcunculus tdoneus. 1 traced these beds to “‘allahatta springs, where, on the top of a hill, this rock had been quarried for millstones. The hills capped with this white silicious clay, conspicuous throughout this region, are known between the Springs and the Corner, as chalk hills. It was easy to recognize these beds so chara¢teristic of the Buhr-stone formation of Geor- gia and South Carolina. Still, Iam in doubt asto the position of this fossiliferous formation, in relation to the fossiliferous beds of Choctaw Corner. ‘The country is here really hilly and broken, and a ridge ex- tends across to the west side of the Tombigbee, where, 13 or 14 miles north of Barrytown, it overlooks the valley of the river. Taken altogether, the Buhr-stone formation gives rise to the most rugged and hilly region of the lower part of the State, and it is equally remarkable for sterility of soil. ‘On a stream, called in the neighborhood Etishlakare, about 15 miles north of Barrytown, beds of marl occur similar to those on Bashi creek, and this is the farthest north that I have been able to trace them, and at this locality the order of super-position is equally uncertain.’’ From this it appears that Tuomey had not yet realized the true stratigraphic position of the Lignitic beds about Bashi creek. The ‘‘ Voluta sayana’’ referred to by Tuomey was afterwards, 1853, described by Conrad as Afthleta tuomeyi. Conrad adds: Mr. Tuomey says the group of fossils in this locality [ Bashi creek, Clark county,] are very distinct from those of Claiborne, and I have no doubt the deposit will prove to be an upper bed of the Eocene which may, when the fossils are all collected, be found to contain some of the species of the Older Miocene as it occurs at Vicksburg, Miss. ‘‘ The Athleta tuomeyz, though a very distinét shell, is related to a Miocene fossil of Dax (A. rarispina ), which is an abundant species.”’ In 1864 Conrad described TZurritella precincta ; in 1857 he described Calyptraphorus trinodiferus ‘‘ from the Eocene of Ala- bama, Dr. Showalter.’’ In 1856 Prof. A. Winchell read before the American Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science some ‘‘ Notes on the Geol- ogy of Middle and Southern Alabama.’’ He recognized certain 217 LIGNITIC STAGE 25 beds at the base of the Eocene, including the Midway stage of to- day and perhaps some Lignitic beds, as distinctly older than the Buhr-stone and constituting the base of the Eocene series. Winchell accordingly classified the lower Midway beds as known to-day ,with perhaps some Lignitic beds, as Buff sand, im- inediately above which came his Buhr-stone. He apparently overlooked the fact that Hale eight years before had set off the lignite sands and clays (No’s. 1 & 2) as distinétly older than the beds to the south, afterwards referred to the Buhr-stone and now classed as Lower Claiborne and upper Lignitic. After Tuomey’s death his 2nd Biennial report was edited by J. W. Mallet, 1858, and lists of fossils are given in the various appendices of the work from Nanafalia bluff and Bell’s land- ing. It appears that he and his assistants had explored with some care nearly all the Eocene district of the State, but the report is extremely fragmentary and nowhere do we find a defi- nite statement of the stratigraphic relations of the Lignitic depos- its to those farther south. The term Buhrstone seems. to have been used to designate the lower moiety of the Eocene in Ala- bama. After Tuomey’s death and Winchell’s departure from Alabama, Dr. Showalter of Uniontown, Alabama, sent Conrad of the Phil- adelphia Academy severnl new molluscan fossils now known to have come from Lignitic outcrops, though their horizon and location is vaguely defined by Conrad as ‘‘a locality farther north in Alabama than any Mr. Tuomey had explored.’’ ‘These in- clude Exilia pergracilis,Simpulum showalteri,S.(£pidromus ) exilis, Con., Murex morulus Con., Pseudoliva tuberculifera Con., Acteonina subvaricata Con., Tornatellea bella Con., Turbonilla trigemmata Con. Others collected by T. J. Hale reached the cabinet of James Hall and were described in 1865 by R. P. Whitfield. They include Pyrula juvenis, Fulgur triserialis, Pleurotoma nasuta,P. capax, Vo- luta newcombiana, Natica erecta, N. perspecta, N. onusta, N. ala- bamiensis, N. aperta, Velutina expansa, Potamides alabamiensts, Turritella eurynome, T. multilira, Cucullea macrodonta, and Cras- satella tumidula. Early in the seventies Prof. E. A. Smith began investigating the coastal plain of Alabama; and as early as 1880 he sent col- lections from Bashi creek and Woods bluff, to the Philadelphia Academy for identification. Prof. Heilprin correlated these de- posits with those of upper Marlborough and Piscataway rivers, 26 BULLETIN 9 218 Maryland, and Pamunkey river, Virginia, listed the species and described in the Academy’s Proceedings as new : Cytherea nuttal- liopsts, Pseudoliva scalina, Levibuccinum lineatum, Frusus subten- uis, I. interstriatus, F.engonatus, Strepsidura subscalarinus, Pleu- rotoma moniliata, Pyrula multangulata, Solarium cupola, S. del- phinuloides, Dentalium micro-stria. The next year Prof. Heilprin furnished the Proceedings with some ‘‘ Notes on the Tertiary Geology of the Southern United States.’’ From Smith’s notes he gives a section at Woods bluff, near the mouth of Bashi creek, and also a_ crude dia- gram representing the Woods bluff beds as passing beneath, i. e. stratigraphically below the ‘‘ Buhrstone.’’ He coins the term Eo-lignitic for these sub-buhrstone deposits and thus sub- divides the whole Alabama Eocene : Aye Wihite limestone’? t(jacksomian)) 4.01 ea-ose eae 50? feet ase Claiborniatis sight ties ook. Sa ea PR eee eee I eeteer 2. ‘‘ Buhrstone’’ ( Siliceous Claiborne of Hilgard ) AOU 2 Pe Pee a eee ae SGN aoc ren RE a “250 uiteer 1 Penta, SO js Ueda hu (CMe Ann cH RAMs CL MR ai” ch AA unen 50? feet Practically the same conclusions are reiterated in ‘‘ Contribu- tions to the Tertiary Geology and Paleontology of the United States’’ published in 1884, though attention is called to Johnson’s note in Science, vol. ii, 1883, indicating a considerably greater extension of the Eocene to the northward than geologists were generally aware of. It is, however, to Prof. Smith that our present knowledge of the Lignitic stratigraphy of the State is mainly due. His labors in this field he briefly summrizes as follows: ‘During the summer of 1883 a trip was made by the ater in a small steamer, down the Tuscaloosa (also called Black War- - rior or Warrior) river, from ‘Tuscaloosa to its confluence with the Tombigbee, down the latter stream to its confluence with the Alabama, down the Alabama and Mobile rivers to the head of Mobile bay, and thence up the last two rivers to Prairie bluff. ‘“The trip by steamer was made at the joint expense of the U.S. Geological Survey and the Geological Survey of Alabama. ‘‘The first draft of this bulletin was prepared with the data col- lected during this trip, there being added thereto information 219 LIGNITIC STAGE 2y7 gathered by myself in 1872, 1880, 1881, 1882, and 1884 for the Geological Survey of Alabama and for the Tenth Census of the United States and information obtained by Mr. L. C. Johnson in 1881, 1882, and 1883. The bulletin was not completed until I had gone over the whole ground again, in the summer of 1885, in company with Messrs. T. H. Aldrich and D. W. Langdon, of the Geological Survey of Alabama. Finally, the results of my investigations in the same region during the summer of 1886 have been in large part incorporated.”’ During this field work, extensive collections of Eocene fos- sils were made by members of the State Survey and Mr. oe: H. Aldrich; and the latter prepared from this material an illustrated monograph on the Eocene mollusca of the State (Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., 1886. ) The stratigraphic work was published as Bull. 43 Om thie se S. Geological Survey, and, therein the following subdivisions and names were included under the Lignitic : ( Hatchetigbee................++++- 175 feet | Wood’s bluff...............-..+.- 80 to 85 feet | Bell’s landing............-...-.+ 140 feet Lignitic. | Neuaia talblelea die aosce apace naeccbocese 200 feet Matthews landing & Naheola 130 to 150 feet (>) Black ‘bluff...7..-J.0-2:-:-2o- 2... 100 feet [SINGIN D eitepedocsecoces conn scaqoea 25, feet These works, it will be observed, bear mainly upon the EKocene stratigraphy as shown along the Alabama and Tombigbee rivers. But D. W. Langdon, an assistant on the State Survey, continued the work on eastward, and in 1890 read before the American Geological Society a paper embodying many of his conclusions on deposits farther east. In 1894 the State Survey published a report embodying among other matter all the then known Lignitic stratigraphy. The Ala- bama type section was revised to read : Lignitic. Feet. a. Hatchetigbee...:......cc.c1seee scence ccte eee ce ces Bel 7h b. Bashi or Wood’s bluff. ..............-..2.-----2-0: 80 to 85 ce. Tuscahoma or Bell’s landing............-....-- 140 Gly INES AENIB INE As Stings Sanohosoougadoosoeocdcanecneaonced ss 200 e. Naheola or Matthews’ landing..........-.... 130 to 150 f. Sucarnochee or Black bluff.........-......--++-- TOO Clayton ( Midway )............cscececeeee eee eseeeeeeeee nr eees 25 to 200 28 BULLETIN 9 220 It will be observed here that the Midway has been separated out from the Lignitic, but that the Matthews’ landing and Black bluff beds are still retained in this stage. The distribution of the different substages of the Lignitic are shown on a large geological map of the State accompanying this work. Since the publication of these stratigraphic works Mr. Aldrich has written two Bulletins ( Bull. Amer. Paleont. No’s 2 & 8 ) describing among other Eocene shells many from the Lignitic stage. The present writer has also contributed an article to the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences wherein are described and figured several Lignitic species. Stratigraphy.—In passing down the Tombigbee from the last characteristic Midway exposure, viz, Naheola, various bluffs are seen on either side of.the river, blackish and clayey at first but becoming more grayish or yellow and arenaceous downstream, until the famous Nanafalia exposure is reached. Here fossils which seem to be exceedingly scarce in the stretch just described, become very noticeable. Here the river is deflected to the west principally or primarily by an indurated ledge of marl which shows a moderate southern dip. Its height above water depends accordingly upon the exact point examined and the stage of the water at the time. The section as given by Smith and Johnson is as follows : Section of Nanafalia landing, Tombigbee River. 1. Greensand marl, highly fossiliferous, containing chiefly Gryphea thirse Gabb, but holding also Turritella mortont Con., Flabellum, and a few other fossils. This marl makes a tolerably firm rock, with a line of indurated, projecting bowlder-like masses 12 to 18 inches thick of nearly similar material along the whole length of the bluff and near the middle of the bed.......... about 20 feet. 2. Dark blue, almost black, laminated clay, devoid of fossils, but passing below gradually into a bluish marl...3 to q ft. 3. Bluish greensand marl, with a few shells in the upper 3 or 4 feet, but more highly fossiliferous below. This bed contains a great variety of beautifully preserved and easily detached fossils. The fossils can be collected only during very low. stages of the) watenns..s40 -ee cee eee 8 to ro feet. It is from the under side of the indurate masses that break off 221 LIGNITIC STAGE 29 and are turned on one side or bottom side up along the cliff that our best fossils were obtained. Numerous cavities are noticeable all along this ledge where huge Venericardia planicosta and Os- trea compressirostra have been dissolved out. But by far the most characteristic fossil of this horizon is the Gryphea thirse of Gabb. Other fossils are: Venericardia alticostata var., Crassatella hal- et, Cardium tuomeyi, Pectunculus, Levifusus pagoda(very large and spinous), Zurritella humerosa, T. mortont, Cornulina armigera, Calyptraphorus trinodiferus, Volutilithes petrosus, Capulus com- plectus, Mesalia alabamiensis (2 vat.) Pseudoliva scalina, et. al. In going down the river below Nanafalia a charac¢terstic fea- ture of the outcrops is the number of enormous concretions they exhibit. These show clearly that the dip of the strata is south- ward, though reverse dips and local unconformities are noticeable. Dark lignitic and grayish sands, more or less indurated prevail for a number of miles. At Tuscahoma landing there are no such fossiliferous beds as at Nanafalia, yet Aldrich has secured from them several new species. The species noted by the writer are: Zurritella mortoni, T. precincta, Levifusus pagoda Volutilithes petrosus, Calyptraphorus trinodiferus, Pleurotoma ca- pax, Venericardia planicosta, Pectunculus sp. These were picked out from the bank four feet above water level (about July 1) just below the landing. The next outcrop of any considerable importance is formed by a low bank on the south side of the river as the latter swings westward, near the mouth of Bashi creek. The fauna is decidedly upper Lignitic and hence is closely allied to that of Woods bluff. Here were obtained: Ostrea var. sylverupis, Meretrix nuttalliopsis, Corbula aldrichi, C. concha, Cornulina armigera, Hemifusus engonatus, Volutilithes petrosus, Pseudoliva vetusta, Tornatellea bella, Pleurotoma tombigbeensis, Pleurotoma sp. The next well known fossiliferous outcrop is at Woods bluff. Here the following beds were observed : 1. Soil, sand, pebbles at base................-:sseeeeee eee 40 feet 2. Black clay, about...............sceeeeeeeeseeee esse eee eeees 8 feet 3. Line of concretions................:sccceeeeeeeee eee eet eee 4 inches 4. Fossiliferous reddish and variegated clay............ 3 to 6 feet Be Black (Clays cic sc20.60cc <g5.\Geol. Surv, p: 58, 18QI. Lignitic, Vaughan; Amer. Geol., vol. 15, p. 209, 1895; Bull. ie 1 Sy, Geol, Sinsaiy, ws) asio(on Lignitic, partim, Smith and Johnson; Bull. 43, U. S. Geol. Surv. pp. 18-and 38, 1887. Lignitic beds, Dumble; Geol. Surv. Tex., Report on the Brown Coalsot (hex pico anso2) Vijeauie silage: Maris pan lb Rept “Geol. Surv. eAtk., 1882, Oley 2. Ws" 55. iLigeione, JslavodS = uoneie, jothe, Sel, (8), Wolo) Age en cov, stove Lignitic, Harris; Dana’s Manual of Geology, p. 888, 1895. Lignitic group, Loughridge; Rep’t Jack’s Purch. Reg., Geol. SURE EG yen rion hits Micekets5 Little Missouri Lignites, Hill; Ann’l Rep’t Geol. Surv. Ark., Sos WO Ba On Ie Lower Eocene or Lignitic series, partim, Spencer ; Geol. Surv. Ca, ESE INS 8, Oh Ay SO) Lower Tertiary, partim, Conrad; Proc. Nat. Inst., 2d Bull., Doel 7O. SA: Manchester shales, Hill; Ann’1 Rep’t Geol. Surv. Ark., 1888, vol. Pe Os, exe Miocene, \,. Harper ; Prelim. Rep’t Geol. and Agr. Miss., 1857. Nanafalia group, Smith and Aldrich; Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala. p. 58, 1886. Nanafalia, Smith and Johnson; Bull. 43, U. S. Geol. Surv., Pps Le and. 511887. Nanafalia, Langdon; Bull. Amer. Geol. Soc., vol. 2, p. 596, 1891. Northern Lignitic group, (exclusive of the ‘‘ Post Oak Flat- woods’’), Hilgard; Rep’t Geol. and Agr. Miss., 1860, VOls ees eeIlor . Orange sand or Lagrange group, Safford ; Geol. of Tenn., 1869, p- 424. Secondary rocks, partim, Maclure; Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 6, map, 1809; vol. 1. New series, map. Timber belt or Sabine river beds, partim, Penrose; Ann’l Rep’t GeolsSury, Nex: vols 1, 1880; ‘p. 22. 36 BULLETIN 9 228 Tuscahoma, Langdon ; Bull. Amer. Geol. Soc., vol. 2, p. 596, 189g1. Woods bluff group, Smith and Aldrich ; Bull., Geol. Surv. Ala., Pp. 51, 1886. Woods bluff, Smith and Johnson; Bull. 43. U. S. Geol. Suryv., pp. 18 and 43, 1887. 229 LIGNITIC STAGE 37 SECTION II. PALEONTOLOGY. OSTREA. Ostrea compressirostra, Rigi oe etrandeplesGrghiecmmenC2e) Syn. O. compressirostra Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, p. 132. pl. 8 fig. 2. . bellovacina Con., Proc. Nat. Inst., 1842, p. 172. O. compresstrostra (Tuomey ) Thornton, 2d Bien’! &c., p. 270, 1858. O. bellovacina Con., non Lam., Con., Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 1, p- 15, 1865. O. compressirostra Heilprin, 3d Ann’ Rep’t U.S. G.S., p. 309, pl. 65, 1884. O. compressirostra Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 57, 1886. O. Oz O. <) compressirostra Langdon, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 2 p. 603, 1890. compressirostra Har., Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser. vol. 47, p. 302, 1894. compressirostra Say, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 308, jo, Da, fig. 2, 1846. Say’s original description.—(See Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, pe gos.) Plate 1 shows the original figure of the species. It represents a very common though not a well developed phase of the species. Plates 2 and 3 represent different views of an uncommonly well developed and well preserved specimen. Say, Conrad, Heilprin and others have noted the strong resem- blance which this species bears to O. be//ovacina of the Old World. To any American, collecting at the type locality of the latter spe- cies, near Beauvais ( Butte de la Justice), the resemblance be- tween the Ostree, Crassatelle &c., found there and those found in the lower Lignitic beds of his own conntry, seems most striking. But by comparing these representative species side by side certain differences are sure to be brought out. The plication on the outer surface of compressirostra is loose, uneven, and sometimes not well defined, while in Jdellovacina it is comparatively sharp and well defined. It is well represented in Deshayes’ Description des Coquilles Fossiles des Environs de Paris, pl. 48, fig’s 1, 2; pl. 49, fig’s 1, 2; pl, 50, fig. 6. The muscular impression is reni- form and not pyriform as in compresstrostra; there is a lack of anterior alation in the larger valve, and the dehiscence or marginal flexture is lower down on the posterior margin. Searles V. Wood, in his monograph of the Eocene mollusca &c. published 38 BULLETIN 9 230 by the Paleontographical Society, 1861, says, p. 18, regarding a specimen brought from the New World by Charles Lyell: ‘‘ I have seen a specimen, in Sir Charles’ cabinet, from Virginia, (without a name), which, in some characters resembles O. pz/- chra,; I can scarcely think it stri@tly identical either with it, or with del/lovacina.”’ Heilprin has already called attention to the fat (3d Ann’l Rep’t U. 8. Geol. Surv., p. 310) that the species from ‘‘Grove,’’ S. C., referred by Lyell to O. bellovacina ( Proc. Geol. Soc. _ Lond., Feb. 1845, p. 567) should probably have been referred to O. carolinensts Con. We have already shown (Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 159, 1896) that certain specimens referred to this species by Langdon, are really another species, called first by Gabb., Q. crenulimarginata. Below we will show how others from the upper Lignitic should be classed as a third species, O. var. sylverupts. This species is extremely abundant and often of large dimen- sions at Bell’s Landing and Ft. Gaines. Localities (exclusive of Md. and Va.).—Alabama: Nanafalia, Tuscahoma, Yellow Bluff, Gregg’s Landing, Bell’s Landing. Georgia: Ft Gaines, Ostrea trigonalis var, sylverupis, Pl’saand 5, Pl, 6, ies, seam Syn. O. compressirostra Tuomey, Ist Bien. Rep’t, p. 146, 1850. O. carolinensis Con., Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 40, p. 266, 1865. O. probably young of ¢hivs@ Gabb, Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., 1886. O. compressirostra Smith and Johnson, Bull. 43, U. S. Geol Surv. p. 44, 1887. It is in deference to Dall’s opinion that this form is referred to as a variety of ¢vigonalis Con., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 259, and Wailes’ Agr. and Geol. Miss., 1854, pl. 14, fig. 10. We have here but a half dozen rather imperfect specimens of trigonalis while at the National museum, the material from the Jackson beds is far more satisfa¢tory. Our specimens of ¢7igon- alis are not so quadrangular nor so incrassated as sylv@rupzts. The more important features of the latter are as follows : Quadrangular or broadly oval in outline; valves very thick and of a silicious granular texture: left valve very convex and heavy; exterior sometimes marked by faint and irregular costations; in- terior showing a moderately deep ligamental pit with small 231 LIGNITIC STAGE 39 lateral areas, an elliptical-circular muscular scar situated very near the center of the valve, a slight dehiscence anteriorly, and a stronger one posteriorly, and profound depression central-pos- teriorly for the soft parts; right valve operculate, somewhat sin- uate anteriorly and posteriorly to partially or wholly counteract the gaping tendency of the left valve; ligamental pit not deep, but well defined, with moderate lateral areas; muscular impression elliptical-circular; greatest thickness just within the periphery. This form has for some time been a source of annoyance to the writer, for it certainly has characters in common with O. com- pressirostra, O. carolinensis, O. trigonalis, and O. selleformis. It is from the Lignitic horizon, hence in O. compressirostra one would expect its closest ally. It differs, however, from O. com- presstrostra by its circular-quadrate form, incrassated valves, cir- cular muscular impression, paucity of ribs in adult form, and entire want of the same during earlier stages of growth. This species is doubtless the one referred to by Tuomey in his Ist Biennial Report, p. 146, for he says the shells are large and ponderous and resemble very closely a variety of O. compress- zrostra found on Santee canal, South Carolina. This statement evidently led Conrad to supppose, Amer. Jour. Sci., 2d ser., vol. 40, p. 266, 1865, that this oyster was really O. carolinensis de- scribed by himself in 1832, Foss. Shells, Tert. Form, p. 27, pl. 14, and he makes this amendment in Tuomey’s list. Heilprin, however, states that in the copy of Tuomey’s report in the Phila- delphia Academy the following is written in pencil a propos of Tuomey’s list : ‘‘ All doubtful except Venericardia planicosta. T. A. Conrad.’’ Heilprin does not specifically identify the oysters contained in the collections he studied and reported upon from Knight’s and Cave Branches and Woods Bluff for Dr. E. A. Smith, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1880 pp. 364-366; nor does Ald- rich give specific names to these forms in Bulletin No. 1 of the Alabama Survey, 1886. The young form here shown pl. 6, figs. 3, 4, he doubtless refers to as ‘‘Ostrea (probably O. thirse)’’ Smith and Johnson, however, in Bull. 43, U. S. Geol.Surv., p. 44, 1887, designate this oyster as ‘‘O. compressirostra Say, with very thick and ponderous shells.’’ True it is we may yet doubt whether the numerous thin young oysters, found for example, in the upper part of the Woods bluff outcrop, are the representatives of the full grown specimens in the concretionary layers below. Yet we have seen an approach to 40 | BULLETIN 9 232 this young state made by O. compressirostra and O. crenulimar- ginata, though in these there is generally at least some trace of ribbing, and the muscular scar is heart-shaped as in the adults. Pl. 6, fig’s 3, 4, represent what we regard as the young of this species. Pl. 6, fig. 1, isa young O. compresstrostra. 'That these are not Gabb’s Gryphea thirse is evident from the marked differ- ences shown in thickness, obliquity, form of muscular scars, and above all by differences in direction of lines of growth. Localities.—Alabama : Woods Bluff; three miles southwest of Thomasville; near the mouth of Bashi creek. It may be expected wherever Woods Bluff beds crop out. Ostrea thirse, Pl) 6; figsenganas Syn. O. emarginata Tuomey, (name only) 2d Biennial Rep’t Geol. of Ala., 1858, p. 269. Griphea thirse Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 329. Ostrea thirseé Heilprin, 3d Ann’1 Rep’t U. S. Geol. Surv., p. 311, pl. 63, fig’s 4, 5, 6. Gryphea thirse Aldrich, Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 58, 1886. Gabe’s original description.—‘‘Rounded sub-trinangular. Lower valve; beak very small, and close to the hinge, nerver exsert Um- bone rounded, very prominent and somewhat compressed later- ally, the rounded elevation continuing more or less regularly, becoming broader, to the middle of the basal margin, at which point this margin is always somewhat emarginate. Ligament area broad, triangular, transversely striate, and with a slight irregular depression in the middle. Interior of valve very deep. Muscu- lar impression nearly ovoid, narrowest on the inner end. External surface marked by a few small, irregular squamose ridges, most numerous and distinct directly behind the emargination of the base. Upper valve unknown. ‘‘ The species resembles, remotely, some of the narrower forms of G. vesicularis Lam., but after comparing the series before me with numerous authentic specimens of that species, both Ameri- can and European, some of the latter labelled by d’Orbigny and others, by Charlesworth, I am satisfied that they are distinct. The beak is so small as to be almost obsolete, and there is always a more or less distinct, rounded, umbonal ridge. In general form, it resembles G. (Exogyra) columba, but wants the spiral beak,and is never lobed. The small beak and absence of all traces of lobes 233 LIGNITIC STAGE AI will sufficiently separate it from G. pztcheriz. ‘“The specimens are in the Museum of the Smithsonian Insti- tute ( No. 570 ), and are from a light gray sandy marl. ‘* Locality.—‘Nanafalia,’ Alabama. “Length, 1.7 in. Greatest width, 1.3 in. Width at the hinge, .6 in. Greatest height of valve,.8 in. Height at the hinge, .7 in. Length from the basal margin, over the umbone, to the beak 2.3) in.” Localities.—Alabama: R. R. cuts 1-2 mile north of Pine Hill ; Nanafalia; Gullette’s Landing; Bell’s Landing ( scarce) ; Smith and Johnson report this species as abundant in Grampian Hills, south of Camden. Langdon reports it from Conecuh River, Sect.21,T. 8, R. 19, E., and from Chattahoochee, between Ft. Gaines, Ga. and Wood’s shoals. Ostrea alabamiensis Lea. LENG), Tek Gs A few fragments were found at Hatchetigbee bluff that seem to belong to this species. The discussion of the species will more properly come in a future Bulletin on the Lower Claiborne stage. Ostrea selleformis Con. i Gxhiee 2s Aldrich has identified this species from Hatchetigbee bluff, Bull. Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 50 1886, and we have a few small and ill preserved specimens perhaps belonging to this species from the same locality, and 4 miles above Hamilton Bluff, on the Alabama, - yet the identification is doubtful and the species had best be con- sidered under the Lower Claiborne stage. Plicatula filamentosa, var. 12M, @, 1S SI; Oe Syn. VP. filamentosa Con., Foss. Sh. Tert. Form., Aug. 1833, p. 38. P. mantelli Lea., Cont. to Geol., Dec. 1833, p. 89, pl. 3, fig. 68. P. filamentosa Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 50, 1886. Conrad’ s original description.—‘‘ Shell suborbicular, narrowing toward the apex, much compressed; with seven costz; and dense- ly imbricated with small, irregular, concentric wrinkles, and with minute radiating lines. Breadth and length about 34 of an inch. ‘“ Locality.—Claiborne, Ala. Cab. Acad. N. 8.’’ The variety in question differs from the typical Claiborne speci- 42 BULLETIN 9 234 mens by having 10 or 15 coste and by its much smaller size. Yet there seem to be intermediate stages, and for the present it will be assumed that environment has caused the difference in the ap- pearance of the two forms. Localities (of this type ).—Alabama: Hatchetigbee Bluff; 4 miles above Hamilton Bluff, Alabama River; Ozark, R. R. cut just below the Buhrstone. ANOMIA. Anomia, sp. ; Pl: 6, fig saree Two very young specimens of this genus, one of which is here- with figured, were found at Hatchetigbee bluff. It seems inad- visable to attempt a specific characterization of such immature forms. However, one feature deserves special attention, viz, the peculiar grooves converging posterior to the muscular impressions and terminating in circular shallow depressions or pits. See figure. Spondyltus, sp. Plo, ieeaaie Syn. flagiostoma dumosum Con., Foss. Sh. Tert. Form, 1835, p. 34. Spondylus dumosus, Ald., Amer. Jour. Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 30, p. 305, 1885. Spondylns dumosus var. Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 50, 1886. We feel great hesitation in placing this upper Lignitic form in with Morton’s P. dumosum. For his description ( Synop. Org. Rem. Cret. G’p.,p. 59, 1834) argees exactly with well preserved specimens from Chickasawhay and other Vicksburgian localities, but it does not agree so well with the specimens now under con- sideration. Morton very properly remarks that dumosum has spines on both valves. Our specimen figured has none. An- other smaller specimen of a right valve does show spines, but they are much finer and aciculate, the spine-bearing and inter- mediate costa are more numerous than in dumosus. Again, the valves appear more oblique. This subject will be discussed more fully in a future work on the Vicksburg stage. Localities. —Alabama : Hatchetigbee Bluff; Ozark, R. R. cut just beneath the Buhrstone. Specimen figured.—From Hatchetigbee Bluff, in Cornell Uni- versity collection. 235 LIGNITIC STAGE 43 Lima ozarkana, un. sp. IV Gis savers rae Specific characterization.—General form and size as indicated by the figure ; ventricose; ligamental pit very broad, occupying a greater part of the hinge plateau; surface marked by 25 or 30 sharply defined radiating raised lines, between which are second- ary and sometimes tertiary systems of lines. Locality.—Alabama: Ozark, R. R. cut, just beneath the Buhr- stone. : Type figured.—From Ozark, Ala.; Collection of Paleont. Mus. Cornell University. . Pseudamussium claibornense, Bln tie. ie Syn. FP. clatbornensis Con., label, Phila. Acad. Museum. Camptonectes claibornensis Con., Smithsonian Check List. Pecten claibornensis Heilprin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1881, p- 416. Pecten claibornensis War., Geol. Surv. Ark., Rep’t 1892, vol. ii, p. 145. Pecten claibornensis Har. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1896, p. 470, pl. 18 fig’s 1 and 2. It is quite possible that the little P. scztillatus figured and des- cribed by Conrad ( Amer. Jour. Conch., 1865, p. 140, pl. 10, fig. 4.) is but a young or dwarfed specimen of this species. P. caz- bornensis has never been fully characterized, but was referred to by the writer in his Arkansas Report as follows: ‘‘ This rather small, thin Pecten appearing smooth to the naked eye, when ex- amined under a microscope is found to contain minute ex-curving radiate lines, especially near the anterior and posterior margins. It is fairly abundant at Moody's branch, near Jackson, Missis- sippi.”’ The specimens now under consideration are somewhat larger than those from Moody’s branch, but there seems to be no valid reason for regarding the two forms as specifically distinct. The resemblance of this species to P. calvatus Mort. is of course noticeable as Heilprin and others have observed, but if we mis- take not, that species does show freqently well defined coste, this is always smooth both within and without. European representative.—P. corneus Sby.,Min. Conch. ,pl. 204. Locality ( Lignitic ).—Alabama: Hatchetigbee Bluff. Specimens figured.— Hatchetigbee Bluff, Paleont. Museum of Cornell University. 44 BULLETIN 9 23 6 AMUSSIUM. Amussium squamulum, Ple7, fies 2 eee Syn. PP. sguamula Lam., Ann. du Mus., vol. 8, p. 354, No. 3 Lam., An. sans Vert., vol. 6, p. 183, 1819. Desh., Coq. Foss. Env. Par., p. 304, pl. 45, fig’s 16, 7 Web Dixon, Geol. Sussex, 1850, pp. 94-172, pl. 3, fig. 29. Desh., Descr. des An. Sans. Vert., 1864, vol. 2, p. 74. We have not had access to Lamarck’s original description, but in his An. sans Vert., /.c. he says simply ‘‘P. testa minimz, orbic- uwlart, intus subocto-radiata.’’ Deshayes, however, remarks p. 304, op. cit. ‘‘ Cette coquille est la plus petitedu genre; elle est arrondie, lenticulaire, trés-déprimée, équivalve, équilatérale, a oreillettes égales, toute lisse en dehors et, comme le Pecten pleuro- nectes, ornée en dedans de cétes saillantes réguliéres et rayonnan- tes du summit 4 la base. Ces cdtes sont étroites, égales, distantes, et elles varient dans les individus de huit a dix. La charniére est droite, linéaire, simple ; les oreillettes qui la pro- longent sont égales un peu obtuses,semblables sur les deux valves, si ce n’est l’antérieure de la valve droite, qui est échancrée assez profondément 4 la base. Ces oreillettes sont grandes relat- ivement 4 la taille de la coquille. Cette espece, assez rare n’a que quatre 4 cing millimétres de diamétre.’’ Again ( Deser. An. sans Vert., p. 74 ) Deshayes says: “Cette petite espéce est peu commune. Elle apparait dans cette partie des sables inférieurs qui se superpose aux lignites, et elle vient s’é- teindre dans le calcaire grossier moyen. Elle est assez variable ; les cdtes intérieures sont le plus ordinairement au nombre de huit, mais elles varient de sept 4 onze. Dans les individus d’ Aizy et de Laon, quisont aussi les plus grands, les cOtes intérieures sont souvent d’un brun noiratre, ce qui les rend plus apparentes. Dans les individus les plus frais, la surface extérieure, recouverte d’une mince couche corticale subcornée, est d’un gris peu fonce. ‘Nos plus grands individus ont jusqu’a 9 millimétres de di- améter.’’ ‘*Localités.—Aizy, Laon, Chaumont, Brasles, Fontenay—Saint- Pére, Parnes.’’ Although Deshayes says the interior ribs extend ‘‘du summit a la base,’’ the figures in Dixon’s work show that such is not al- ways the case, they neither reach the base nor the umbonal reg- ion. Dixon gives no description but his figures indicate some 237 LIGNITIC STAGE 45 slight external striation and color patches. In general we feel great hesitation in assigning specimens from both sides of the Atlantic to the same species. But in this case Dixon’s figures represent the American form so precisely that it would seem absurd to propose for it a new name. That Aldrich’s Pecten alabamensis is a precursor of this and should be reckoned as a subspecies only, will probably be shown here- after. The main points of difference between this and 4. ala- bamense are: ist. In sguamulum from Woods bluff there are normally g ribs, exceptions are rare ; the exterior of sguamulum is smooth except sometimes the left valve is finely striate ra- dially ; the right valve of alabamense is finely, sharply, stri- ate concentrically and is superimposed generally by very strong, sharply defined raised lines or costee which cause nodulations at their intersection with the stronger concentric lines; the curvature of the valves of alabamense is uniform; in sgua- mulum there is a slight flattening anteriorly and posteriorly just below the umbonal ridge, and there are yellowish color patches scattered about over the left valve. Cossmann has with pro- priety referred Lamarck’s P. sguamula to Amussitum ( Extr. Ann. Soc. Roy. Mal. de Belg., vol. xxxi, 1896, App. 2, p. 63). It is slightly gaping fore and aft, has strong interior ribs, is practically smooth exteriorly, and has internally slight projec- tions on the lower portions of the ridges formed by the ears. It may be observed, however, that the ears of this species are rather large for Amusstum and that there is a decided slit be- neath the anterior ear of the right valve for the passage of a byssus. ‘This feature together with the strong markings of 4. alabamense Ald. show that the limits of the genus Amusszum must be somewhat enlarged. Locality.— Alabama: Woods Bluff. Specimens jfigured.—Woods Bluff. Paleont. Mus., Cornell University. Chiamys greggi, n. sp. JN Gi, BOS Ahn Sie Syn. ? P. deshayeti Ald., Bull. No. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 57, 1886. Specific characteristics. —General appearance as figured; ex- terior with about 25 to 30 strong, smooth, sharply defined ribs radiating from the beak without bifurcation, ears with 5 or 6 radiating folds or costee ; interspaces about twice the breadth of 46 BULLETIN 9 238 the ribs, anteriorly and posteriorly showing the microscopic ex-curving striz of Camptonectes This species is of nearly the form and size of C. choctavensis, from which it is distinguished by its small number of ribs, its lack of costal bifurcation and imbrication, and the presence of Camptonectes structure in the interspaces. Right valves of this species are somewhat gibbous. Localities.—Alabama: Yellow Bluff; Gregg’s Landing; Bell’s Landing; Lower Peach Tree Landing. Georgia: Ft. Gaines. Type.—Gregg’s Landing, Harris’ collection. Chlamys choctavensis, Pl. 7, fee Syn. FP. choctavensis Ald., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol.i,p. 68, pl. 6, fig. 7, 1895. Aldrich’ s original description.—Loco citato. Localities.— Alabama: Choctaw Corner and Woods bluff. Specimen figured.—Woods Bluff; Paleont. Museum, Cornell University. Avicula, sp. Pl. 7, fies ee Syn. A. limula Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 54, 1886. It is quite possible that this is 4d. mula Con., but its state of preservation is not sufficient to warrant specific identi- fication. Locality.— Alabama : Woods Bluff. Specimen figured.—Paleont. Museum, Cornell University. Pinna, sp. PL...7; eae Syn. Pinna sp. Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 54, 1886. It is difficult to give the dimensions of this species though the general form can be made out from the fragmentary specimen figured. The markings on the upper moiety of the valve re- semble those of P. argentea Con., but the lower portion does not show the rugose lines of that species. This resembles more closely the Miocene form from Patuxent River, Md. Locality.— Alabama : Woods Bluff. Specimen figured.—Woods Bluff; Paleont. Museum, Cornell University. 239 LIGNITIC STAGE 47 Modiola alabamensis, Aa hiesg: Syn. WM. alabamensis Ald., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. i, p. 68, pl. 6, fig. 13. Aldrich’ s original description.—Op. cit. The original specimen shows no radiate marking beneath a line drawn from the umbo to the posterior basal margin, ex- cept at the extreme anterior. Our specimen, a right valve shows not only the markings of the type but also fine radii where the latter is smooth. Localities.—Alabama : Woods Bluff ; Choctaw Corner. Type.—Choctaw Corner; Aldrich’s colle¢tion. Specimen figured.—Woods Bluff; Paleont. Museum, Cornell University. Arca hatchetigbeensis, n. sp. 52 Oh Aer ituane koe Syn. Arca subprotracta Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 50, 1886. Specific characterization.—Size and general form as indicated by the figure ; surface covered by well defined but somewhat ir- regular imbricate concentric lines, crossed by raised radiating fine coste ; young shell not extremely elongate, with surface marking of equal strength everywhere; in adults the medial sinus be- comes more pronounced, the radiating ribs before the sinus being stronger than those behind the same, and the shell is more or less distorted. This species differs from pvotrvacta Con.—subprotractra Heilp. by its much less elongate form, broader anterior, the presence of two particularly strong costz located medially on the post-um- bonal slope. By examining the type specimen of 4. frotractra in the Academy’s collection at Philadelphia, it will be seen that it agrees somewhat more nearly with this species than would be supposed from Conrad’s figure, yet the agreement can scarcely constitute specific identity. Locality ( Lignitic ).—Alabama: Hatchetigbee. Type.—Hatchetigbee ; Paleont. Museum, Cornell University. Barbatia cuculloides, var. Pio ehiGen a: Syn. Arca cuculloides Con., Foss. Shells, Tert. Form, p. 37, 1883. Arca lima var. Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., p. 57, 1886. Arca sp. Harris, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 164, pl. 13, figs. 8, 6, 9, a., 1896. 48 BULLETIN 9 240 Conrad's original description.—‘‘ Shell compressed, thick, ine- quivalve, reticulated ; with a broad subcentral sinus, passing from the beak to the basal margin; posterior side elongated, strongly ribbed, and carinated; anterior side with numerous strize ; anterior end truncated. Length 24% inches. Breadth 1% inches. ‘The hinge of this shell approaches Cucud/ea in the interval between the beaks, having arcuated grooves under the beak ; line of series of hinge teeth widely interrupted, and transverse at the extremities.’’ Locality ; Claiborne, Alabama. The variety has a somewhat more pointed posterior basal angle and has somewhat more sharply defined sculpturing than the type specimen, especially on the post-umbonal slope. Yet they seem scarcely distinct specifically. Type.—Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Localities ( Lignitic ).—Alabama: Gregg’s Landing. Bell’s Landing,—Aldrich. Georgia: Ft. Gaines, ledge 50 feet below top of cliff, i.e. bed 8 ; see. p. 33. Specimen figured.—Grege’s Landing. Paleont. Museum, Cor- nell University. Trigonarca pulchra, var. Pi. .8, figss2eae Syn. Vetia pulchra Gabb. Jr., Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, p. 388, pl. 67, fig. 55, 1860. Limopsis pulchra Heilp., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1890, p. 403. Gabb’s original description.—‘‘Subquadrangular ; beaks small, incurved ; umbonal slope nearly straight; anterior margin rounded, basal arcuate; posterior subangular ; surface marked by numerous radiating and transverse lines ; edge crenate with- in; posterior muscular scar subtriangular, anterior subrhom- boidal. ‘““ Dimensions.—Length .27 in., width .35 in.’’ The variety in hand is much smaller than the typical spec- imen from Texas and the radiating lines are far less distinct ; yet the general form is the same—quite unlike the Claiborne and Lower Claiborne species of Alabama. Lignitic Locality.x—Alabama : Woods Bluff, Hatchetigbee. Specimen figured.—Woods Bluff; Paleont. Museum, Cornell University. 241 ' Lienrric STAGE 49 Cucullea gigantea, var. Pikes, tigsaysaias 4: Syn. C. transversa Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Sury. Ala., p. 40, pl. 4, figs. 11, Ila, and p. 57, 1886. C. transversa War., Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 47, p. 302, 1894. The original description of C. gigantea Con., in the Jour. cade Nat Sci.) Philan volyvienp. 227 splei1O tg 45 og, was drawn from the very imperfectly preserved large casts in the vi- cinity of Ft. Washington, Md. and hence gives but little definite knowledge regarding the specific features of this fossil. For the sake of completeness however, the description is here repeated. Conrad’s original description.—‘‘Shell subtriangular, obliquely cordate ; very ventricose, with numerous longitudinal sulci; an- terior side flattened, produced and subcuneiform ; posterior side very short; umbones gibbous; beaks distant, and much in- curved. ‘Three and three-quarters inches in length; and five and a quarter inches in breadth.’’ ‘‘Cabinet of the Academy.”’ Early in 1894 the writer pointed out the probable equiva- lency of the Alabama forms with the C. gigantea. Sufficient material however, was not at hand to warrant uniting them without reserve. During last summer’s work along the Rap- pahannock and Potomac this species was specially sought after; and by examiring the collections with some care it is apparent that there is but one species of Cucullea in the Virginia Ko- cene, i.e. that gzgantea, ononchela, tdonea, and transversa are in all probability the same. This southern form which for various reasons Aldrich and the writer have referred to ¢vansversa does vary somewhat from the Virginia specimens, but scarcely enough to call another species. This matter will be more carefully discussed in a future publication on the Eocene of Maryland and Virginia. Localities. — Alabama: Gregg’s Landing, Bell’s Landing. Georgia: Ft. Gaines, bed 8; see. p. 33. Type.—Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Specimens figured.—Gregg’s Landing, Harris’ collection. Pectunculus idoneus, Pl 3, digs.05,; a. 6. Syn. P. idoneus Con., Foss. Sh., Tert. Form, p. 39, 1833. Pectunculus (n. sp.) Tuomey, 2d Biennial Rep’t, p. 271, 1858. 50 BULLETIN 9 242 P. stamineus Ald., Bull. 1, Geol. Surv. Ala., pp. 50, 53, 57, 58; ie sp., Harris, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 167. Conrad’s original description.—‘‘Shell suborbicular, thick, convex; oblique, with rather obscure radiating strize, and mi- nute intervening lines; umbo convex, beaks distant, rather prominent and pointed; cardinal teeth large; truncated in the center by a rectilinear line; cavity capacious; margin crenate. Length 1% in.’’ Conrad’s specimen was from Claiborne, Ala. Grave doubt is felt as to the exact equivalency of all the Lignitic specimens with this species. Yet there seem to be no fixed or constant differences upon which to found a new species. Localities. — Alabama: Nanafalia; ‘Tuscahoma Landing ; Hatchetigbee ; Gregg’s Landing ; Bell’s Landing, four miles above Hamilton Bluff. Georgia: Ft. Gaines bedesroaec: Type.—Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Specimens figured.—Fig. 5, Yellow Bluff; C. U. collection. Fig. 6, Gregg’s Landing; Harris’ collection. Nucula ovula, Pl.8) teers Syn. See vol. 1, Bull. Amer. Paleont., p. 168. Localities. —Alabama : Woods Bluff ; Nanafalia ; Gregg’s Land- ing; Choctaw Corner; four miles above Hamil- ton Bluff, Alabama River. Specimen figured.—Woods Bluff; Paleont. Museum, Cornell University Nucula magnifica Con. Aldrich reports this species from Bell’s and Gregg’s landings, Alabama, but our collections contain no specimens from these or other Lignitic localities. Leda elongatoidea, Pl. 8, figs. 890: Syn. JL. elongatoidea Ald., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. i, p. 69, pl. 6, fig. 2, 1895. Non L. elongatoidea? Har., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. i, p: 169, pl. 14, fig. Io. ; Aldrich’s original description. Op. cit. p. 69. Aldrich’s type specimen is slightly broken anteriorly and pos- 243 LIGNITIC STAGE ET teriorly, but agrees well with the specimens in our collections. Among the latter however, several specimens show a few high concentric lines about the umbo. Fig 9 is a strangely elongated variety from Gregg’s landing, it presents no essential varietal features however, except its extreme posterior prolongation. Localities. — Alabama: Butler; Woods Bluff; Nanafalia ; Ozarli) { + 3 ») 0) as 4) ¢ ¢ ¢ c Ne } { i Y f i / i] me i} iy ) \ \\" A es E Bi Mi i ‘ibe AN aah oy AN OT ue “ee 80 BULLETIN 9 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3. Ostrea compressirostra Say (9) eet em ee see cesses sesso eeseesesesoveosenese Interior of right valve. See remarks under plate 2. 272 DD 42 7/7 Hy L Va lo) A 3n,/ cL a [ A 5 A SS Y) Alc, Savenen gGialeone. Yy Q fi | i ( Call ily se ae ee eZ GwEAVXZZ: Ain oy wags Shaye a (Plate 4). Plate ro. 82 BULLETIN 9 274 EXPLANATION PLATE 4. (10) Ostrea trigonalis vat. SylVEPUPtS...000...000ees eve eee cee dna 38, 230 Showing exterior of large incrassated valves of this species as obtained from bed 8 at Woods bluff, Tombigbee river. See page 38. The work of boring mollusca is very apparent in the large left valve. Engraved by the Albany Eng. Co. : . (S) (Plate 5). Plate 11. 84 BULLETIN 9 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5. (12) Ostneantrig onalis aT. SYIOVGKUPIS, «01.0. ner see tes ec neen asec ian Interior view. See remarks under pl. 4. 276 ull, Amer. Hateont. 0 a aN KS (Plate 6). Plate 12. 86 Fig. 3a. BULLETIN 9 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6. (12) Ostrea var. syluverupis Har. (young). Exterior of dargeer walve2s accu sce es aes een senree ~ The same, lateral view. O. var. sylverupis Har. (young). Showing valves In normalepositiOme..s. essence Ostrea thirse Gabb. Showing exterior of larger, “wally Ge. tecccs wane Geter eee Interior of the same. O. thirse Gabb. Showing interior of lesser VALVE: Shs Mee aR yO Sect mead scene Aa eome Rene O.alabamiensis Lea. Showing radiate epider- TMA Stuwetw ne; wee neues «en. saa eene nS Picatulayilam crrasa \ Coma vais) essere ee P. filamentosa Con., a larger specimen.......... AAW ONILD SPE ites aa tees Seti ee Noe Wenner een Sastre oan SPOMGY IIS SU skincc tices eae tame Crease ae eee VANE OZATRAME DPS ime dope oe a een eee Engraved by the Electro Light Engrav- ing Company, New York. 278 Page. 37, 229 41, 233 38, 230 43, 435 Fiuil. att mer. Aaleont. £ ie E ts ar mA Uaaayaynl alia erm) i vats res Ciel 88 Fig. BULLETIN 9 280 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7. (13) Page. Pseudamusstum claibornense Con............-.+++. 43, 235 Amusstum squamulume Vain)... 22.c..- n-cedeamn 44, 236 The same, exterior. Another specimen showing fine radiate lines. CLAMS HELE? Wea Spa WeKt Wale. -ce-e-r ee eeee 45, 237 Right valve of the same. CHIGUUYS CROCLAUETISUS UNG eeien-ee: sie eee eee 46, 238 PA ULCULG “SP i eke octteeeis cn deele dae os ale ome ee pee The same, exterior. PERNA: SPs ae see OE EO mee Miodvolanalaba 7 cr Susy wl Gleeen ees eee ane 47, 239 ATCO ROTC CIR UCC SDS aS ses eee eee ee a The same, exterior. Engraved by the Electro Light Engrav- ing Company, New York. 42 : Fiull. stmer. Naleont. 9 7 oS ives: ial ai (Plates); Plate 14. 90 Fig. ee os 2 BULLETIN 9 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8. 282 (14) Page. Barbatia, cucullordes, Conn Ware. 5.05.2 eee eee 47, 239 The same, exterior. Tyigonanca pulchta Gao Vat... \.21 onan 48, 240 The same, interior. Gucull@ancwc ania. COMMIN AT a. -ee binds teeerereens 49, 241 The same, showing hinge. Crguranrea: Come wate e eit VialViCues canna te eae PECUHCULUS FOOT CUS NC Oln ? VANGtee Renee a. -ceeaee mee The same, interior. Px aoneus: Come 2 Vai eo cae ee ee are ere eS IN GECHLOA OULU SME CAN eae ia. ena eet tra a eng 50, 242 Leda clongatotdea nN Gi ees: een eee ae OO anes EA CLOMGALOTU CEMA GL, Aa Oee cpa eee eee ee LCA, COL P UWLENLOLACS ON. chet sniem tet PERCE ae ee 51. 243 L5GLO COV PULENLOLA ES, Leia = shh eek oe ae Ot ee LSCAD MAULEATIA JANGA ee ohne te nee ENR ee pee Teed PHOTCHIO COM ns so Roache ee ee eee 52, 244 LCA PAFUG TROSETS Gee eee re ee ee Le Cease eE 5 3, 245 Voldta Gla iGhi@ no NAAT a emcno eee en eee eee Engraved by the Electro Light Engrav- ing Company, New York. eh fiall. mer. Haleont. 9 2 ZA CIE, epinon Ee aetae Ponty Pity: We (elas) Plate 15. 92 BULLETIN 9 284 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9. (15) Bis. 1. Venertcardia planccosta Wasine.. . sous: oes 2 sae tases 54, 246 A large right valve, nearly life size from Bell’s landing ; showing nasute posterior. Bicuo WL Dl@icosia Ne aia... gins. 52 Sam sriin eas eee eee A smaller, younger specimen of this variety from Bell’s landing. Bigs 3p d45 Pla picostg MWata caneee So enee ene eee es es Young of the variety shown by fig. 5, pl. ro. Half-toned by the Albany Engraving Co. ftall. dimer. Naleont. 9 9 iw Cy 4 a AM SP sy vat pal 94 BULLETIN 9 286 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 10. (16) Page. Fig. 1-4. Venericardza; planzcosia Wain. ss-a.2-ceseseeen es 54, 246 Showing different stages of growth of an upper Lignitic and Lower Claiborne variety; ribs few, distinét, approximate at beak, be- coming obsolete on the adult shell. All from Woods bluff. 5... Vs plantcosta Vail cee sence eee ee eee ee aes: A common upper Lignitic and Lower Clai- borne variety from Woods bluff. Half-toned by The Albany Engraving Com- pany. 16 HO ee Kn poate “all (Plate 11). Plate 17. 96 Fig. OS ee es 2 BULLETIN 9 EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Engraved by the Electro Light Engrav- ing Company, New York. 288 (17) Page. Venericardia alticostata COM. Var...........0eee00e: 55, 247 AUSTAI LE ISTRULN ULC SESS TA Ata eee s eeeeeee 56, 248 Crassatcllatumidiulay NWiiithc.s.c-5.ceeneees see ee pain C. tumidula Whitf. Exterior view................ Bs Gi HAT CERIN See A ecu tale cee to eae eae eee 57, 249 PS CULE PYLE ANG I Cee cheshire Sete eine eter ta ae ee 58, 250 . The same, interior. , Pabellavoblona a Aid et sack ate seee een eee ae F’., oblonga Ald., exterior Scintilla clarkeana Ald.......... Slain a eee ees oS peta ys ys (Plate 12). Plate 18. 98 Fig. Half-toned directly from the specimens by The Albany Engraving Company. BULLETIN 9 290 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12. (18) Page Rrotocardia lenis Comm vate. ss nace eee ee ee 58, 250 Cardium hatchetigbeense Ald. Posterior view ; one of Aldrich’s types. See Geol. Surv. Alas, Bull) 15 p.4y fis. Tei reece ereeerrer. 59, 251 . C. hatchetigbeense Ald. Lateral view; one of Aldnich’s types? 7. ¢ fig. 12.5. .a:cs sce enes eae C. hatchetigbeensis? Ald. Large fragmentary specimen from Sabinetown, Texas......... 60, 252 COM Cyt, ANG ioe S keen «a lomtaecte en eee ee eeree ae NICKOLNLX, TLULLAULTOP STS NAC tase os.) eee ee eee 61, 253 MAS t0 0291 PUESSO EON Nailer ete oe ese eee ee ee 63, 255 The same species, interior view. Me nuttalliops7s vate /200), UW. Valea cceee seen 62. 254 The same species, younger, more pointed. The same species, young, broad posteriorly. Mevetnia WatchenieGe cists TANG iis wacsssneh ene ee 63, 255 The same species, interior. Dosiniopses lentecularis ROSES. r+. se ccpace sence 64, 256 Psammobia ozarkana, n. sp.(See pl. 13, fig. 8)... 65, 257 Tellina trumant, n. sp.(See pl. 14, fig. 10.).... 73, 265 18 12 WEasias 100 Fig. BULLETIN 9 292 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 13. (19) Page. 1. Meretrix nuttalliopsis var. greggi n. var. 8) (MAtUTal (Sizer rN eee ah a stamma cee aers 62, 254 2. Meretrix nuttalliopsts var. greggt Nn. vat. 8) natural Sizer ve scbiet mica: een teers sen Bi COKULCULA ? (COM EUAIG, Th. ISP 1.5.1 eel eee eee 65, 257 Ae COnalltophae a: Preut@ asp eres -ee nae ee eee 60, 252 4a. Interior of the same. Bie (Gn prin (Cedenttt lous) )sqact ee nee ate ee eee se ae Ou, SPRETEUG EF ns eee nee eter eee 1st ae 65, 257 Fe) SDD PLOMONLA 2 ois as RT te aOR ae RE erie Sy RSAILMLO0IA OZAT RANA Mee Si epce- aes ceeee ee Ge: AS QUI wcsers ants daiee ties Lanes a Ree eR ee eee 66, 258 10. MMactra pretenuis var. bistriata n. sp............ ese ooh Iie Corbule, concha Aide tesa sree cee ees acer iS ete 12. C. aldrichi Meyer, left valve, with radii........ 67, 259 13. C. aldrichi Meyer, showing right valve, ex- PETIOTA ad cee A Sse aad aed ee eee cee ee eo 13a. C. aldricht Meyer, showing right valve, in- CELION.W ic sec cmnteauss ceenhke dot ove neneee eeeaee sa UA. COnbUWIa QlACAHEZENSUS Niaiien amines eine see 68, 260 tga. The same, exterior. — USy VR HOlaS : GIALOLA CO hao eee te ode ee See ee ee ER ERE 69, 261 15a. Inside, showing spoon-shape process. 16, Glyoymerts alabama i. sp. 7S Wat wsiZen.- ree eee Engraved by the Electro Light Engrav- ing Company, New York. Ga Le the toned Ue PAN! a= apa: Co 1 Min aor es: TP ¥ SERA na Wanna * Pe rants 3 fee Paysnly?. qe Bee Ses ia = Mg ua si 102 Fig. nd » eae cr co NI OO Se a 10. 10a. Wibe BULLETIN 9 294 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14. (20) Page WH ONUSIOE UO RRGHIOS, TENG ap perce atec on oa sukone sendeo*: 69, 261 IEAM MACE JUAN aris) ENC SASH odiny bea odaodos. 70, 262 LOW CVIVOS AMOR 2. ay OUI eee estore erase eee eee Lucina pomiia Cone, weht) yalve.cs.see- eo see: The hinge enlarged. Hinge of the opposite valve enlarged. LLUCLILE SY HUULCLULCD Prin to tenth ae. ee eee ee EEE 71, 263 deine wiveche | Chagas oie Brae sateen eae ee ee ee Hinge of the same enlarged. L. ulricht Clark, left valve. LV OZOTRATIA, Wi SPP uc te pecan een eee 72, 264 SE MOST UOUTOLS INCI, © SOUT) pena sedcssose ooabc: . The same, exterior. ce 66 Tellina greggi Har., exterior, .8 nat. size..... . The same, interior. . The same; outline showing characteristic fea- tures. . The same, hinge greatly enlarged. . The same, hinge greatly enlarged. LEUNG WUMLETE WES) sneer cee eee eee eee 73, 205 Hinge of opposite valve enlarged. Telling subircaneulards, Aden ent: a eek ee ee I1a-c. The same, showing characteristic features. 1e27 13 13a. 14. YOM MOd CUCU ESS 9G. S\0ip gnBeacaaccves -eaae8ce0 Pereplonva Outleriaie ANG: eeeer ante ene ee eeeer 74, 266 Enlarged hinge of another specimen from Ba- ker’s bluff. CUSPLA ATLA PTLTLG AN Aenea ear see eee ae 20 Won “eh (UL l. Simer. Maleont. 9 eal Nir Se a ee 4 oS Sn Oi Ach Ta lt pata ete Vol. 2 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY 20: No. 10 THE TERTIARY AND PLEISTOCENE FORAMINIFERA . OF THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC SLOPE BY WG INGE SRE. IP, ID), March 15, 1808 Ithaca, N. Y. WS Ae Dh pets ay ea oo Sa jee THE TERTIARY AND PLEISTOCENE FORAMINIFERA OF THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC SLOPE. BY Ike UWL eee Iie, PREFATORY NOTE. The investigations carried on in the preparation of this re- port have yielded fifty-six different species of Foraminifera. Twenty-five of these are from the Eocene, thirty-four are from the Miocene while the Pleistocene has furnished only four. In the above list are included a number of species which have been identified in greensand samples from deep artesian well borings made recently at Norfolk, Virginia, and at Crisfield, Mary- land. Most of the species from these borings are undoubt- edly from beds of Miocene age but some may belong to some other horizon. The Eocene specimens were nearly all obtained by the writer from the greensand marls of the Pamunkey river and Woodstock, Virginia, though a few were obtained at Marl- boro, Maryland. With the exception of Cycdammina placenta Reuss, which came from New Jersey the Miocene forms came from the clas- sic localities of Yorktown and Jaines river, Virginia, and from St. Mary’s, Plum Point and Jones Wharf, Maryland. The author is under obligation to Mr. Lewis Woolman of Philadelphia for the material from the artesian well at Crisfield and to Mr. N. H. Darton of the United States Geological Sur- vey for the samples from Norfolk. Prof. W. B. Clark kind- ly gave me the interesting specimens of Cyclammina from New Jersey. Al BULLETIN 10 298 THE TERTIARY AND PLEISTOCENE FORAMINIFERA OF THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC SLOPE. INTRODUCTION. The material investigated from the Eocene marl beds of the Pamunkey river and Woodstock, Virginia, by the author, led to the discovery of twenty-three different species of Foraminifera, a Classified list of which was published in Johns Hopkins Uni- versity Circulars, vol. xv, 1895, p. 6, and again in Professor W. B. Clark’s report* on the Eocene Deposits of the Middle At- lantic Slope in Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia. Later stud- ies on Miocene deposits of several localities in Maryland and Virginia and from the Pleistocene beds at Cornfield Harbor, Maryland, resulted in the determination of a large number of genera and species. The presence ofso many microscopic organ- isms proves how favorable were the conditions for their ex- istance when these formations were being laid down. HISTORICAL SUMMARY. The first description of Foraminifera from the Miocene of Maryland appears to have been made by Isaac Lea in his Con- tributions to Geology. This work, published in 1833, contains an article entitled ‘‘Description of six new Species of Fossil Shells from the Tertiary of Maryland and New Jersey.’’ which was read before the American Philosophical Society, November Teewoss. One of the forms, A/zliola marylandica, described on pages 215 and 216 , and figured on plate VI, fig. 227, represents a smooth JZ//ioline shell of three visible segments. This form is undoubtedly identical with MMliolina seminulum (Linné), and is so considered in this report. Prof. J. W. Baileyt in 1845 figures two Aofaline casts, one from the greensand of Fort Washington, Maryland, the other from Virginia, but the horizon from which they were obtain- ed is unknown. As both Eocene and Cretaceous occur at Fort Washington the specimen found there could belong to either horizon, though it is more probable that it came from the Eocene greensand. *Bul. U. S. Geol. Snrv., No. 141, pp. 91-92, 1896. fAm. Jr. Sci., vol. xlvili, pp. 321-343, pl. iv, 1845. 299 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 5 In the Journal of the New York Microscopical Society for April 1887, Mr. Anthony Woodward gives a list of species which he identified in some Miocene sand enclosed in a Pec- tunculus shell from Petersburg, Virginia. This shell had lain undisturbed for many years and when examined yielded twen- ty-one different species of Foraminifera. The following year in Otto Meyer’s Report* upon Upper Tertiary Invertebrates from the west side of Chesapeake bay, Mr. Woodward ment- ions three species; J/tliolina seminulum (Linné), Gaudryina pupoides d’Orbigny, and Polymorphina compressa dOrbigny. The latter I found to be very abundant and wide-spread, oc- curring in many localities and it is present in both Eocene and Miocene deposits. In the reports upon the artesian well borings of New Jersey made during the last few years Mr. Lewis Woolman of Phila- delphia has recognized the presence of Foraminifera many times but so far as I am aware he has not determined the various species observed. It is probable that these samples from the well borings will furnish a number of species when system- atically studied, especially those of the Miocene age. This seems to be all that has been done upon the Foramin- ifera of the Middle Atlantic Slope up to the present time. Nearly all species previously recognised have been identified by the writer and many forms are here described for the first time from the Atlantic Slope Tertiary. Two forms are believed to be new. One, Sfzrillina orbicularts, is from the Miocene beds of Yorktown, Virginia; the other, Spzroplecta clarki, is from the Eocene of Woodstock, Virginia. Until the discovery of the genus Spzroplecta by the author in the Virginia Eocene this was unknown in deposits of Tertiary age although it was known in the Cretaceous and is found in existing oceans. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTER OF THE DEPOSITS. The mineral glauconite plays an important part in the Eo- cene formation of the Middle Atlantic Slope and in some lo- calities constitutes almost the entire bed. This greensand is often argillaceous and constitutes with the shell material pres- ent a true marl, which in many places is so indurated as to form limestone bands. This feature is well illustrated on the Potomac river at the mouth of Aquia creek, Virginia where *Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, pp. 170-171. 6 BULLETIN 10 309 the huge boulders from the lower indurated layers lie scattered along the beach. The same is also seen at Fort Washington, Piscataway creek, Henson branch, Marlboro, Maryland, and at other places. Where the glauconite has weathered the char- acteristic bluish-green color is changed to a light gray or red- ish-brown, which from the large amount of iron present is often cemented into a ferruginous sandstone. ‘This is particularly well illustrated in the bluffs along the Severn river. The land-de- rived element which is present in addition to the argillaceous material is chiefly quartz, together with some mica and some- times these materials predominate forming beds of gray sands or sandy clays. . Prof. W. B. Clark mentions the occurrence of a coarse pebble bed which has’ been found in some localities at the base of the formation. The following chemical analyses taken from Prof. Clark’s Report above mentioned serve well to show the com- position of the greensand. Analyses of Marls. Woodstock, Evergreen, Aquia Creek, Winchester Va. Va. Va. Md. EL OFAC MNO! cere heen 3.58 Bin 0.76 roe Volatile at red heat LESS ACO eee came eee: 2.84 2.60 e2i0 6.27 ORS BSI ORS FE er ares 22.68 21.50 Ti FO) Oh aes CAO ag tos Uo ceascan users 1.66 2.50 36.78 None MeO osteo as, aeale eee BGG] 2.06 1.05 .76 Ku ® feta. beeen tiny aeeees qa 61 sel 39 Neav@ie iis cevaiuan. soba ee pene 2 5A .59 42 SS UG AAS SeaNcame eames. 60.87 63.94 21.58 49.08 CO ride ease asties oh blemn set 21] B53 ZOn79 £55 EO) eas edbaacasceebseosusceos None None .O9 113 98.57 100. 16 98.92 100.16 SiliciousmaLter-e.- scons 73.48 75.85 25.30 52.30 *A considerable Fe_O, in all samples. While the Eocene is more or less homogeneous throughout its whole extent the Miocene shows marked variation in its 301 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 7 lithologic character. In New Jersey the lower portion of this formation overlying the marl beds consists of a black micace- ous sandy clay often rich in organic matter and is commonly termed ‘“‘rotten-stone.’’ Near the base of the formation glau- conite occurs more or less sparingly dispersed owing to the transgression of the Miocene sea upon the marl beds. Where the Eocene is absent the writer has found this sandy clay fill- ed with casts of small Panopzeas and other Miocene shells direct- ly above the Lime-sands of the Rancocas formation. A good illustration of this is seen in the bank by the mill-pond at Harrisonville, Gloucester county, New Jersey. Overlying this dark sandy clay are fine micaceous sands pinkish or yellowish in color, the character of which is best described by the words, fluffy or mealy. In some places this sand carries erough argillaceous material to serve as a mould- ing sand and is so used by Mr. Wilson who ships it to Phila- delphia from his pits not far from Harrisonville. The famous glass sands of New Jersey belong to this period. In some cases the sand has become consolidated so completely as to form a veritable quartzite as is seen in the pits of Gilbert A. Ayre near Marlboro, Cumberland county, N. J. ‘The marl beds so largely worked in Cumberland county while exceedingly rich in Mollusca seem to be without Foraminifera, at least the author has found none in the material examined. That they are pres- ent in many of the Miocene clays has been proven by the well- borings. In Maryland and Virginia the Miocene has a wide represen- tation and consists of clays, sands, and shell marl. The clays are often developed in lenticular bands as is seen in the bluffs by Yorktown. This clay in that vicinity yields a number of For- aminifera belonging to the JZilzolide@ which indicate a warm climate. The great thickness of Infusorial earth developed in Maryland and Virginia must be mentioned although the fos- sils found in it belong to other microscopic groups. The Pleistocene Foraminifera from Cornfield Harbor, Mary- land, occur in a deposit of shell marl not unlike that which characterizes the Miocene. ‘There are a large number of forms present in this deposit but they are limited to four or five genera of which the genus Polystomella plays the most important part. That the deposits were formed in shallow water throughout the Tertiary period seems abundantly proven by the great abund- 8 BULLETIN 10 302 ance of Pulvinulina elegans d’Orbigny, in the Eocene, andthe absence of its relative, Pulvinulina partschiana d’Orbigny, a deep water species, by the presence in the Miocene of such species as Rotalia beccarit ( Linné ), Nonionina depressula (Walker & Jacob), and in the Pleistocene by the abundance of Polystomella striato-puncta (Fichtel & Moll). The bibliography herein given contains a list of the litera- ture which has been most helpful in the preparation of this report and is intended to include nearly everything which has been published on American Tertiary Foraminifera. Only a limited number of the most useful European works are cited here. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Agassiz, Alexander, A Contribution to American Thalas- sography. ‘Three Cruises of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey Steamer BLAKE. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vols. xiv, xv,1888; and two vols. 8° London. — Report upon Deep-Sea Dredgings in the Gulf Stream during the third Cruise of the U. S. Steamer Biss. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 1, pp. 363- 386, 1867. Aldrich, T. H., Notes on the Distribution of ‘Tertiary Fossils in Alabama and Mississippi. Jour. Cinein: Soc. Nat; ~Hist., vely vin) sppy 25e— 1885. Andree, A., Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Elsasser Ter- tiars. Abhandl. Geol. Special-Karte Elsass-Lothringen, vol. ii) Lette e3 pp 2) plates: mse Ansted, D. T., The Deposits of the North Atlantic in Deep Water, and their Relation to the White Chalk of the Cretaceous Period. Pop. Science) Rev. voley ix) (pp: 22-34.) pla lvemumaee Bailey, J. W., On some New Localities for Infusoria, | Fossil and Recent. 303 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 9 Amen |i. ;oCly vol.) xlvili), pp 9321-343, pl. iv) 1845. The author figures two Ro/aline casts, one from Virginia, the other from Fort Washington, Md. —— Microscopical Examination of Soundings made by the U. S. Coast Survey off the Atlantic Coast of the Unit- ed States. Smithsonian Contrib. Knowl., vol. ii, Art. 3, 15 pp., plate, 1851. Abstracts: Edin. New Phil. Jour. vol. li, pp. 359- 361, 1851; vol. liv, pp. 142-144, 1853. ANG, fies TSS, Sor. De WO San Gao ee a TESS VO} Savill) Ppa M7 Oss 1854. ) JOuiee Miiterese, Sein WOles OiL) joo, “SoOeon., Boies. The author mentions the absence of Foraminifera of the type Agathistiques of d’Orbigny in deep water soundings and their abund- ance in shallow water, and states that the absence of the same from the Cretaceous and their presence in the Tertiary beds is due toa dif- ference in depth when the beds were laid down. ——— Miscellaneous Notices. 4. Silicified Polythalamia in Flor- ida. Aoi If. Sg G8, 2) Ol sol jo, GEy wSs i ——— Examination of some Deep Soundings from the At- lantic Ocean. XGTIS ele OCIe Sel 25 eVOl exile MO e S54. ——— On the Origin of Greensand and its Formation in the Oceans of the Present Epoch. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v, pp. 364-368, 1856. AGM oe SCiy aSel he aVOlue oa Dp. 280-284 NV Ta5 oy Quart. Jr? Microse. Sci., vol. v, pp. 83-87, 1857. —— Notes on New Species of Microscopic Organisms, chief- ly from the Para River, South America. Boston igs Nats bast. vol. wil, pt. 3:( 1862)’ pp: 320- B5 leg 2 iS. sOR, \(Blocwizna. serrata, pr 350, pl. vill): Brady, H. B., Report on the Foraminifera dredged by H. M.S. Challenger, during the years 1873 and 1876. Reports of the Scientific Results of the voyage of H. M. 8. Challenger, vol. ix, (Zoology). 4°, 1884, pp. IO BULLETIN 10 304 814, with volume of 115 plates. London. W. K. Parker, and T. R Jones, The Mono- graph of the Genus /Polymorphina. 4 Trans, Linn: “Soc: London, vol. xxvii, pay 197-2545 IS coe cy J ily TS7O, AVEO jase in ext. Carpenter, W. B. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones. Introduction to the Study of Foraminifera. Ray Soectety, 4°; 1862, 319 pps, 22) pls: London. Conrad, T. A., Observations on the Eocene Formation, and descriptions of 105 new fossils of that period, from the vicinity of Vicksburg, Mississippi; with an Appendix. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. iti, 1846— 1847, (1848), pp. 280-299. Nummulites foridana, Nummulites mantelli, Cristellaria rotella. Observations on American Fossils, with Descriptions of two New Species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1865, p. 184: Mentions Orbitolites mantelli Morton from the upper Eocene of Jasper Co., Miss. Check list of the Invertebrate Fossils of North Am- erica. Hocene and Oligocene. Smithsonian Miscel. Coll., vol. vii, No. 200( May 1866}, 34 PP- Descriptions of new Species of organic Remains from the upper Eocene Limestone of Tampa Bay. Ath. re SCiy Ser. 2, vole ie pps 309-400" mene Describes Vummulites foridana and Cristellaria rotella. Catalogue of the Eocene Annulata, Foraminifera, Echi- nodermata and Cirripedia of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1865, pp 73-75. Dall, William, H., and G. D. Harris Correlation Pa- pers, Neocene. Stratigraphy of Florida, Eocene Rocks Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 84, 349 pp., pls. 1-11, PP. TOL-105, 1392. The author described the Orbitoides limestone, the Miliolite lime- stone and the Nummiulitic beds, Ocala limestone (Oligocene of Heil- prin). Dawson, G. M., On Foraminifera from the Gulf and River 305 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA II St. Lawrence. Canadian Nat., vol. v, pp. 172-177, 1870. EUs Obie, Sl, Sem 4, wOle TS Moa, Boueaies WS Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii, pp. 83-89, 187t. Dawson, J. W., On the Newer Pliocene and Post-Pliocene Deposits of the vicinity of Montreal, with notice of fos- sils recently discovered in them. Canadian Nat., vol. ii, pp. 401-426, 1857, figures. ——— Additional Notes on the Post-Pliocene Deposits of the St. Lawrence Valley. Canadian Nat., vol. iv, pp. 23-39, 1859, figures. Gives eight species. ——— Notice of Tertiary Fossils from Labrador, Maine, etc., and Remarks on the Climate of Canada in the Newer Phocene or Pleistocene Period. Canadian Nat., vol. v, pp. 188-200, 1860, figures. Gives Nontonina labradorvica, n. sp. ——— Notes on Post—Pliocene Deposits at Rivere-du-Loup and Tadoussac. Canadian; Nat!) ser 2, voll il, pp. 81-88, 1865. ——— Notes on the Post-Pliocene Geology of Canada. _ Gan. Nat., vol vi, pp. 19-42, 166-187, 241-250, 360-416, pl. 111, 1872. Montreal. —— On some New Species of Fossil Protozoa from Can- ? ada. Eo, Hainer Assoc, (Detroit 1875), 18760, (vol. xxiv), pp. 100-106, figures. ——— lecture Notes on Geology and Outline of the Geol- We ogy of Canada. 8vo. Montreal, 1880, 96 pp., figures. ——— Handbook of Zoology, ed. 3, 16mo., Montreal, 1886, ? 304 pp., figures. Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried, | Mikrogeologie, 1854- 1856, 2 vols., 40. pls. ——— Verbreitung und Einfluss des mikroscopischen Lebens in Sud- und Nord—Amerika. Ahandl. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin (for 1841), 1843, pp. 291-446, pls. i-iv; and Bericht, pp. 139-142, with Nach- 12 - BULLETIN 10 306 trag, pp. 202-209. Berlin. ——— Verbreitung des mikroskopischen Lebens als Felsmass- en in centralen Nord—Amerika und im westlichen Asien. Bericht k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1842, pp. 187- 188. Berlin. —— Ueber 2 neue Lager von Gebirgsmassen aus Infusorien als Meers-Absatz in Nord—Amerika und eine Vergleich- ung derselben mit den organischen Kreidebilden in Eur- opa und Afrika. Bericht k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1844, pp. 57- 97- Berlin. Review of, by J. W. Bailey. .; Am. Jour. Sci. vol. xlvili, 1845. ——— Beitrag zur Ubersicht der Elemente des tiefen Meeres- grundes im Mexikanischen Golfstrome bei Florida. Monatsbericht k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861, pp. 222-240. Berlin. New species described. Heilprin, Angelo, On the occurrence of Nummulitic Depos- its in Florida and the association of Numimulites with a fresh water fauna. Proc: “Acad. Nat: Sei. \Phila., 1882, ple 2)" ppamoe- 193. Reprinted with figure in ‘‘Contributions to the Ter- tiary Geology and Paleontology of the United States.’’ 1884 (pp. 79-82). --—— The Nummulites of North America. Am. Monthly Microsc. Jour., vol. iv, p. 1, 1883, fig- ures. : ——— The Tertiary Geology of the Eastern and Southern United States. Jour. Acad: Nat.’ Sci: Phila’, ser 2, vol} ix pie 1884, pp. 115-154. —-— Contribution to the Tertiary Geology and Paleontol- ogy of the United States; 1884, pp. 79-82. —w— Notes on some New Foraminifera from the Nummu- litic formation of Florida. Proce. Acad: “Nat? =Sci Philaz 1834) (Crsss5))ppsro2me 307 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 1a 322; figures. ——— Notes on the Tertiary Geology and Paleontology ot the Southern United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 57-58, 1886. ——— The Geographical and Geological Distribution of An- imals. 435 pp.,1887. London. Foraminifera pp. 234-240. ——— Explorations on the West Coast of Florida. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. i, 134 pp., 1887, xix pls. Foraminifera pp. 3, 124-126. Hilgard, Eugene W., On the Tertiary Formations of Mis- sissippi and Alabama. Am. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, vol. xliii, pp. 29-41, 1867. (Ov bitoides, with other fossils). and F. V. Hopkins. Alluvial Basin of the Mississ- ippi river, by Hilgard (pp. 855-59); App. 1, Abstract of Record of Borings (between Miss. river and Lake Bor- gne) by Hopkins (pp. 859-63); App. ii, Report on Speci- mens of Borings, by Hopkins (pp. 864-65); App. il. Detailed Record of Examination of Specimens of Bor- ings, by Hilgard and Hopkins pp. 866-83; App. iv, List of Microscopic Organisms found in Borings, with two plates, by Hopkins, pp. 883-88, pls. i, 11; Note on the Larger Fossils found in the Borings of the Lake Bor- gne outlet, by Hilgard, pp. 889-90, pl. 111. Exec Doc esti Cone serd Ses), voleivs Inept.) Ot the Chief of the ngs (pt: 2.1879, app: WW, 3) 1378; 1889, Washington. Jones, T. R., Notes on some Nummline and Ovbztoides, in J. C. Moore’s ‘‘On the Tertiary Shells from Jamaica.”’ Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xix, pp. 514,515, Lon- don, 1863. ——-— The Relations of certain West-Indian and Maltese Stra- ta as shown by some Orbitoides and some other For- aminifera. Geol. Magazine, vol. 1, pp. 101-106, 1864. 14 BULLETIN 10 308 Notes on the Orvbitoides and Nummuline of the Ter- tiary Asphaltic Bed, Trinidad. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xx1i, pp. 592-3, 1866; Lon. —— Notes on some Fossil and Recent Foraminifera col- lected in Jamaica by the late Lucas Barrett, F. G. S. Rept. Brit. Assoc. (Newcastle-on—Tyne, 1863) Trans. Sections, p. 80, 1864. —— and W. K. Parker, Notice sur les Foraminiferes vivants et fossiles de Jamaique (pp. 91-103, fig.). Suivi de la Description d’une espéce nouvelle [| 7zxoporus pil- avis| des Couches Miocenes de la Jamaique, par H. B. Brady (p. 103). Amn, Soc. Malac. Bele., voljxi, 1876; Mem) ppmor Tog, figure: Lea, Isaac, New Tertiary Fossil Shells, from Maryland and New Jersey. Description of Six New Species of Fossil Shells from the Tertiary of Maryland and New Jersey. Contributions to Geology, pp. 209-216, 1833. Read before the Amer. Phil. Soc., Noy. 1, 1833. The author de- scribes and figures M7zliola marylandica, from St. Mary’s, Md.,( pp. AMS, Bitsy, jOll Wal, ser, O77). —— New Genus of Fossil Shell from New Jersey. De- scription of a new genus of the Family Spherulacea of Blainville, from the Cretaceous deposits of Timber Creek, New Jersey. Contributions to Geology, pp. 217-220, pl. vi, fig. 228, 1883. Description and figure of /ladellina sagittaria Vea, under the name Palmula sagittaria. Leidy, Joseph, Remarks on some Marine Rhizopods. Proce, Acad: Nat. Sci? Phila: pp. 73-6, fie asys. Monthly Microsc. Jour., vol. xix, pp. 26-8, 1875. —- Foraminiferous Shells of our Coast. Proc? vAcady Nat. scl Piles sr eérsre pasos Foraminifera of the Coast of New Jersey. Proc) “Acads Nats Sci Philay so seaap-a2o2. The author states that the shore sands of Cape May and Atlantic City show an abundance of onionina millepora. On the saudy 309 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA Ls beaches.of New Eugland at Newport, R. I., and Noank, Conn., he found a far greater quantity of several genera and species. Lyell, Charles, On the Relative Age and Position of the So-called Nummiulitic Limestone of Alabama. ANS, (Obes SSL Sar, 2, Voll iy, aioe WHOOW, USA7/, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. iv, pp. 10-16, 1848; Lond. On the Newer Deposits of the Southern States of North America. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol i1, pp. 405-10, 1846; Lond. The author mentions and gives the position of Nesaiulites nian- telli now known to be Orbitoides mantelli. Meek, F. B., Check list of the Invertebrate Fossils of North America. Cretaceous Formation. Smithsonian Miscel. Coll., vol. vii, 1867. No. 177, Art. Vili 20) pps wu In O4e Meyer, Otto, Upper Tertiary Invertebrates from the West Side of Chesapeake Bay. BiOeweNcad.) Nae y sei Philas) 1883.) ppl Oat. Foraminifera determined by A. Woodward:-J/iliolina seminulum (Linne’), Gaudryina pupoides d’Orbigny, Polymorphina compressa d’Orbigny. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Fauna des Alttertiars vom Mississippi und Alabama. Bericht Senckenburg Nat. Ges., Frankfort, pp. 3-20, TOUS. ie ily No figures of Foraminifera given. Morton, S. G., Supplement to the ‘‘Synopsis of Organic Re- mains of the Ferruginous-Sand Formation of the Unit- ed States’’ contained in vols. xvii, xviii of this Journal. Am. Jour. Sci., vol. xxiii, pp. 288-94, pls. v, vili, 1833. The author describes Oréztotdes mantelli as Nuimmulites man- telli. —-—— Synopsis of the Organic Remains of the Cretaceous Group. 1834; plates. Nummulites mantelli, Murry, John, Report on the Specimens of Bottom Depos- its in ‘‘Reports on the Results of Dredgings under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mex- ico (1877-78); in the Caribbean (1878-79); and along the 16 BULLETIN IO 310 Atlantic Coast of the United States, during the Summer 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer BLAKE, &c. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. xii, No. 2, pp. B7OLs 1885: d’Orbigny, A. D., Voyage dans 1’Amérique Meridonale— Foraminiféres, vol. v, pt. 5, pp. 1-86, 9 plates, 1839. Par- is and Strasbourg. -——— Die Foraminiferen Amérikas und der Canarischen-Inseln. Wiegmann’s Archiv, Jahrg. 6, vol. i, pp. 398-462, 1840. Foraminiféres fossils du Bassin tertiaire de Vienne, 21 plates, 1846. Parker, W. K., and T. R. Jones, On sone Foraminifera from the North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, including Davis Straits and Baffins Bay. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. xiii, pp. 239, 240, 1864. Phil. Trans., pp. 325-441, pls. xii-xix, 1865. Notice of the same in Am. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, vol. xli, De2S7, Wet. Pourtales, L. F., On the Distribution of the Foraminiferz on the Coast of New Jersey as shown by off-shore Sound- ing of the Coast Survey Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. ii, pp. 84-88, 1850. Der Boden des Golfstromes und der Atlantischen Kuste Nord Amerikas. Petermann’s Geogr. Mittheilungen, vol. xvi, pp. 393- BOS Lo7Or Geol. Magazine, pp. 425-427, 1871. The Gulf Stream. Characteristics of the Atlantic Sea- Bottom off the Coast of the United States. Rept. Supt. U. S. Coast Survey(for 1869) pp. 220-225, eel y 2s Sherborn, C. D. and F.Chapman, On some Microzoa from the London Clay, exposed in the Drainage Works, Pic- cadilly, London, 1865. Jour. Roy. Microsc. Soc., London, ser. 2, vol. vi, pp. 737-764, 3 plates, 1886. Smith, Eugene A., On the Geology of Florida. 311 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA. 17 Am. Jour .Sci., ser. 3, vol. xx1, pp. 292-309, map, 1881. Foraminifera, pp. 299, 300. Terquem, O., Les Foraminiféres et les Entomostraces et Os- tracodes du Pliocene supéreur de l'Ile de Rhodes. Mem. Soc. Geol., France, ser. 3, vol. i, p. 133, pls. 1- Pei Os —w [Les Foraminiferes de 1’Eocene des Environs de Paris. Mem. Soc. Geol., France, ser. 3, vol. il, mem. 3, pp. 193, pls. 1x-xxvill, 1882. Verrill, A. E., Characteristics of the Deep-Sea Deposits of the Eastern American Coasts. Amer. Naturalist, vol. xix, pp. 69-70, 1885. Wallich, G. C., The North Atlantic Sea Bed, comprising a Diary of the Voyage on board H. M. S. Bulldog in 1860, and Observations on the Presence of Animal Life and the Formation and Nature of Organic Deposits at Great Depths in the Ocean. London, 1862; parts i & ll and a few pages of part iii, 6 plates. Woodward, A., Foraminifera from Bermuda. Jou Ne Vn Microsc) SoC Oly emp paula EL iene) 5. ——— Note on Foraminiferal Fauna of the Miocene Beds at Petersburg, Virginia with list of species found. Jour. N. Y. Microse. Soc., vol. ti, pp. 16-17, 1887. ——— In Otto Meyer’s On Invertebrates from the Eocene of Mississippi and Alabama. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 51-6, 1887. 18 BULLETIN IO 312 DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. PROTOZOA. Rhizopoda. FORAMINIFERA. Cyclammina placenta. Syn. Nonionina placenta Reuss, Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell, 1851, p. Tm lls Wy inka, 33+ FHlalophragmium placenta, Andre, Beitrag zur Kent. Elsass. Ter- tiars, Theil ii, p. 105, pl. vii, fig. 6, 1884. Test large, discoidal, compressed, of a snow white color, con- sisting of numerous irregular chambers, about fifteen in the final convolution; peripheral margin somewhat lobulated, septal lines distinct, slightly depressed, irregularly curved; peripher- al margin rounded; septal plane rather large, ovoidal; diam. Hall) igasa0i: fforizon and Locality.—Miocene, near Mullica Hill, N. J. Geological distribution.—Oligocene, and Miocene. In the description of the above genus by Prof.H. B. Brady in the Challenger Report, vol. ix, p. 351, the author states that Cyclammina is unknown in the fossil state, but there can be no longer any doubt about itS occurrence in deposits of miud- dle Tertiary age. ‘The finely arenaceo-silicious test unaffected by acids, its peculiar complex structure,and its shape, make it easily recognized. Textularia abbreviata. Syn. Textularia abbreviata d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 249, pl. xv, figs. 9-12 (error for 7-12), 1846. Test short and thick, sharply pointed at the posterior end, rapidly enlarging above, laterlly compressed but not strongly so being broadly elliptical in outline with narrowly rounded margins approaching angularity. The chambers are narrow and increase in size rapidly towards the ultimate chamber; septal lines straight; apparent as fine lines; aperture a semilunar arch on the interior margin of the final segment. 3°3 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 19 Florizon and locality.—Miocene; James river, Va. Geological distribution.—Tertiary. The genus 7evfularia is represented by several species in the James River Miocene. The material from which the For- aminifera were extracted came from the bluffs at Grove’s Landing. Textularia agglutinans. ; Syn. Texvtulariaagglutinans d’Orbigny, Foram. Cuba, p. 136, pl. 1, figs. 17, 18, 32-34, 1839. Textularia agglutinans Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 363, pl. xliii, figs. 1-3, var. figs. 4 and 12, 1884. Test agglutinous, elongated, tapering only slightly, of a dull gray color, convex laterally, peripheral margin lobulated, round- ed, chambers numerous, nine or ten in each series, septa some- what curved, short. Length 1.10 mm. Fflorizon and locality.—Miocene; Plum Point, Md. Not com- mon. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous to Recent. Textularia articulata. Syn. Zexrlularia articulata d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 250, pl, xv, figs. 16-18, 1846. Test broad, laterally compressed, tapering only slightly tow- ard the posterior end which is slightly rounded; peripheral mar- gin sharp and provided with a. marginal keel encircling the sides of the whole shell; chambers numerous, about ten in each series, separated by straight or only slightly curved septa; aper- ture a small median opening along the inner margin of the final segment; length 0.65-0.86 mm. The above species is closely allied to Textularia carinata d’Orbigny but differs in the absence of marginal irregulari- ties and spines, and the sutures are not quite as limbate. FHlortzon and locality.—Miocene; Plum Point, Md. Geological distiibution.—Middle and Upper Tertiary. Textularia gramen. Syn. Textularia gramen d’Orbigny,Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 248, pl. xv, figs. 4, 6, 1846. Textularia gramen Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 365, pl. xliii, figs. 9, 10, 1884. Test arenaceous, rough, stoutly built, laterally compressed, margin subangular, five to seven wide chambers in each series, very slightly convex, posterior end neatly rounded, general out- 20 BULLETIN 10 314 line very similar to Zextularia hauerii d’Orbigny, but separat- ed from that species by its more angular lateral edges, and differing from Textularia abbreviata d’Orbigny, which it also resembles, in being less short and thick; length, .50-.73 mm. The above species is quite common in the Miocene of Virginia. Horizon and locality.—Miocene; James river and Yorktown, Va. Geological distribution. —Cretaceous to Recent. Textularia saqittula. Syn. Textularia sagittula Defrance, Dict. Sci. Hist., vol. xxxii, p. 177; vol. liii, p. 344; Atlas Conch., pl. xiii, fig. 5, 1824 Textularia sagittula Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix,, p. 361, pl. xlii, figs. 17, 18, 1884. Test elongated, strongly compressed with sharp-angled peri- pheral margins; chambers numerous, closely set, separated by short, straight septal lines visible externally; aperture linear; length 0.69-1.10mm. Florizon and locality.-—Eocene; Marlboro, Md. Miocene; James river, Va.; Plum Point, Md. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous to Recent. Textularia subangulata. Syn. TZertularia subangulata d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 274, pl. xv, figs. 1-3, 1846. Test consisting of a relatively small number of chambers which increase very rapidly in size from the posterior to the anterior end; peripheral margins sharp-angled. The sides of the shell are laterally compressed and parallel, only their extremities form- ing the sharp-angled periphery; posterior end acuminate, anterior broad and obtusely rounded; ultimate chamber much elevated and larger than any other segment; aperture an arched median slit along the inner margin of the final segment; length 1.0 mm. Florizon and locality.—Miocene; James river, Va. Geological distribution.—Tertiary. Spiroplecta clarki. Syn. .Spzroplecta clarki Bagg, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Circulars, vol. xv, - 5, 1895. Test eee eee finely arenaceous, firmly cement- ed; compressed strongly, lateral margins sharp and very slight- ly lobed; surface of shell rough, of a dull gray color; cham- bers at first planospiral then arranged biserially with nine and 315 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA on ten respectively on each side; aperture a median arched open- ing; length 0.53 mm., breadth 0.20 mm. The occurrence of Sp/ropleffa has never been reported from the Tertiary formation, save in the present instance, so far as I am able to learn. It has, however, been described froin the Cretaceous of Mississippi and from the Gault and Chalk of Eng- land (Parker & Jones), and is sparingly found in present oceans (Brady). It has also been reported from the Post-tertiary beds of the northeast of Ireland ( Wright). The above specimens which have been fle ntnaed as belonging to the genus Sfzvoplecia seem to be new. They more nearly re- semble Sfzroplec?a biformis Parker & Jones, but differ from that species in the possession of sharp angular edges. The distal end is more obtusely rounded than in Textularian types and the chambers are less regularly developed. Only two specimens have thus far been discovered. Horizon and locality.—Eocene,; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Kocene. Genus BUL/IMINA d Orbigny. Bulimina aculeata. Syn. B#ulimina aculeata d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 269. No. , 1826. blink aculeata Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 406, pl. li, figs. 7-9, 1884. Test composed of numerous irregular sized chambers arrang- ed in a short triserial spire; anterior end obtusely rounded and free from surface ornamentation, posterior ending rather bluntly and furnished with spines, the lower chambers also have spines and irregular ridges more or less developed; length .60 mm. This is not a common form in the Virginia Miocene. Its peculiar surface ornamentation makes it easy to identify. Horizon and locality.—Miocene; James river, Va. Geological distribution.—Miocene. Bulimina buchiana. Syn. Bulimina buchiana d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien. p. 186, pl. x1, figs. 15-18, 1846. Bulimina buchiana Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 407, pl. li, figs. 18, 19, 1884. Test short and stout, triserial, tapering; posterior end acutely rounded, anterior obtuse; segments distinct, slightly inflated; surface of shell marked by definite longitudinal costee, which 22 BULLETIN 10 316 extend from the posterior to near the central portion of the fin- al segments. Aperture an elongated slit near the lower portion of the septal plane; length variable. Prof. H. B. Brady considers that this form occupies an inter- mediate position between Sulzmina inflata and Bulimina rostrata, but the costee of the former are short and extend into stout spines beyond the margin of the chambers, while the costze of Bulimina rostrata are continuous and cover almost the whole test and the segments are either indistinct or entirely concealed. This species is very common at a depth of 645 feet in the well boring at Norfolk, Va. Florizon and locality.—Miocene; Norfolk, Va., common in well borings, depth 645 to 695 feet. Geological distribution.—EHocene to Recent. Bulimina elongata. Syn. &ulimina elongata d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 187, pl. x1, figs. 19, 20, 1846. Test very much attenuated though tapering but slightly from end to end; segments short, oval, somewhat irregularly arrang- ed and lobulated at the margins, not smooth as in Aul:mina zmbricafa Reuss, which it somewhat resembles; primordial end sharply, anterior obtusely rounded; chambers numerous, of ir- regular size and separated by depressed septa; ultimate cham- ber provided on its septal face with a conima-shaped aperture; length 0.37 mm, Fforizon and locality.—Miocene; Plum Point, Md., rare. Geological distribution —Lower Tertiary to Recent. Genus SP/ROLCCULINA @ Orbigny. Spiroloculina planulata. Syn. MJiliolites planulata Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, vol. v, p. 352, No. 4, 1805.; Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 613, No. 4, 1822. Spiroloculina planulata Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 148, pl. ix, fig. 2, a,b, 1884. Test free, calcareous, imperforate, oval, complanate, and only slightly depressed at the center; chambers smooth, compressed, placed alternately on opposite sides of the shell. The peripher- al margins are gently rounded. The aperture isin the form ofa narrow high arched or horse-shoe shaped opening witha project- ing tongue at the lower margin; length 0.90 mm, breadth 0.60 mm. I have only one specimen of this interesting species. Accord- ing to Prof. H. B. Brady, recent specimens of this form are found 317 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA. 23 abundantly on the shores of the British Isles, and in temperate seas it has a wide distribution but it is unknown in the cold water of arctic latitudes. Florizon and locality —Miocene; Yorktown, Va. Geological distribution.—Lower Lias? ‘Tertiary aud Recent. Genus J//LJOLINA Williamson. Miliolina seminulum. Syn. Serpula seminulum Linne, Syst. Nat., 12 ed., p. 1264, No. 791, 1767; 13 ed. (Gmelin’s), p. 3739, No. 2, 1788. Miliolina seminulum Williamson, Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., p. 85, pl. vii, figs. 183-185, 1855. Miliolina seminulum Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 157, pl. v, fig. 6, a, b, ¢, 1884. Test free, calcareous, imperforate, elliptical or oblong in out- line, consisting of five visible, elongated, smooth segments. The segments are arranged in an inequilateral way about a Mil- ioline axis. The two outer ones extending the whole length of the shell with their ends overlapping and the aperture a horse shoe-shaped opening, placed in the end of the larger segment. This species of (zliolina was first recognized in the Miocene of St Mary's, Maryland, by Isaac Lea and was described by him under the name Jzliola marylandica in his Contributions to Ge- OOS, 1833, pp. 225, 216) pl. 6, fie. 227) as follows: «okelljel- liptical, depressed in the middle, rounded at the edges, lobes in contact; mouth small, round, terminal, furnished with a large tooth’’. In the above description of Mr. Lea no reference is made to the smooth character of the shell or to the number of segments but his figure indicates a smooth form with three segments up- on one side and is undoubtedly to be referred to the species 17/2/- zolina seminulum Linné; length 0.60-0.74 mm., breadth 0.30-0.47 mm. Horizon and locality.—-Miocene; Yorktown, James river, Va.; Jones Wharf, St. Mary’s, Md. Geological distribution.—Eocene to Recent. Genus LAGENA Walker and Boys. Lagena glokosa. Syn. Vermiculum globosum Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 523, 1803. Lagena globosa, Brady, Chal. Rep’t., vol. ix, p. 452, pl. lvi, figs. 1, 2, 3, 1884. Test subglobular, elliptical or pyriform, smooth, anterior mar- 24 BULLETIN 10 318 gin somewhat projecting; cell walls thin, hyaline, aperture in an entosolenian neck; length 2.00 mm., breadth 1.50 mm. florizon und Locality.—Pleistocene; Cornfield Harbor, Md. Not common. Genus VODOSAR/A Lamarck. Nodosaria aculeata. Syn. Nodosaria aculeata d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 35, pl. 1, figs. 26, 27, 1846. Test rather small, short and stoutly built; primordial end blunt- ly rounded, anterior large and bulbous, prolonged into a tubular neck which carries the aperture; segments five in number, short, only slightly constricted, surface very thickly covered with spines which project straight out, or nearly so, from the surface. This interesting species should perhaps be considered as iden- tical with Vodosaria hispida d’Orbigny, but typical forms of the latter are always deeply constricted at the nodes and sometimes the chambers are entirely separated and are then connected by stoloniferous tubes, while the segments of Vodosaria aculeata are almost flush at the sutures. florizon and locality.—Miocene; Norfolk, Va. Well boring, depth 665 feet. Nodosaria affinis. Syn. Nodosaria affinis d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 39, pl. 1, figs. 36-39, 1846. Nodosaria affinis Sherborn and Chapman, Jour. Roy. Microsc. Soc., ser. 2, vol. vi, p. 748, pl. xiv, fig. 33, 1886. ‘Test very large, nearly straight, more tapering than odosar- za bacillum and without having the primordial chamber larger than the succeeding one; proximal end acuminate; chambers num- erous, unconstricted below but becoming distinctly so above; sur- face marked by about ten distinct elevated costze as in MVodos- aria bacillum; aperture central, elevated on the ultimate chamber; length 9.00mm. or more. FHlorizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Tertiary. Nodosaria bacillum. Syn. Nodosaria bacillum Defrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxv, p. 127; vol. xxxvi, p. 487, Atlas Conch., pl. xiii, fig. 4, 1825. Nodosaria bacillum Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol, xv, p- 5, 1895. Test very large, straight or nearly so, surface marked by a- bout ten very distinct snow-white coste, though the number does 319 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 25 not remain constant, some specimens having only eight costee be- low and as many as twelve above; primordial chamber bulbous, acuminate, though with the spine usually broken; segments reg- ular, less distinct below, marked by straight transverse septa; length, fragments of nine chambers measure five mm. Horizon and locality.— Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Tertiary. Nodosaria communis. Syn. Dentalina communis d’Orbigny, Mem. Soc. geol. France, vol. iv, p. 13, pl. I, fig. 4, 1840. Nodosaria communis Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. XV, p. 5, 1895. Test elongate, smooth, with depressed oblique septa; primor- dial chamber larger than the one succeeding and in our speci- men acuminate: ultimate chamber elongate, tube-like; transverse section circular; aperture round, smooth; length o.60 mm. Nodosaria are very rare in the Miocene of Maryland and I have only one specimen of the above species. It possesses biti Eanes chambers and is undoubtedly a young form. Horizon and locality.-Eocene; Sunnyside, Md. Geologicul distribution.—Permian to Recent. Nodosaria consobrina, var. emaciata. Syn. Nodosaria consobrina var. emaciata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. xxv, p. 132, pl. ii, figs. 12, 13, 1865. Test smooth, elongate, tapering, segments numerous, short, elongate-oval; similar to Modosaria consobrina but more elongat- ed and slender; septa somewhat depressed, trausverse. The prox- imal chamber is rounded and ends in a nipple-shaped aperture. Horizon and locality.—Eocene; Marlboro, Md. Nodosaria farcimen. Syn. Orthoceras farcimen Soldani, T estaceographia, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 98, pl. cv, fig. 0., 1791. Nodosaria farcimen Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 498, pl. 1xil, figs. 17, 18; (woodcuts, fig. 13, a, b, ¢,). Test smooth, arcuate, tapering, with from six to ten inflat- ed segments separated by deep, straight, tramsverse sutures. The latter feature separates this species from /Vodosarza com- munis in which the sutures are oblique. There is also an ir- regularity in the increase of the size of the chambers notice- able in most specimens. Ultimate chamber prolonged into a round tube which bears the oral opening; length 2.82 mm. (Cre- taceous), 1.10 mm. (Eocene). Specimens of the above species from the Cretaceous of New 26 BULLETIN 10 320 Jersey are much larger and show less regularity in the Size of the chambers. The small Eocene specimens are not very common. Florizon and locality.—Eocene; Pamunkey river, Va. Geological distribution.—Permian to Recent. Nodosaria obliqua. Syn. Nautilus obliquus Linne, Syst. Nat., 12 ed., p. 1163, 281, 1767 ; ibid, 13 ed. (Gmelin’s), p. 3372, No. 14, 1788. Nodosaria obliqua Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 513, pl. lxty, figs. 20-22, 1884. Test, variable in size, sometimes very large, elongate, taper- ing, arcuate; septal lines depressed, surface costate, costze vary- ing in size and number in different specimens; chambers num- erous, ventricose, distinct; aperture central, radiate. The few specimens we have of this species are rather short . and stoutly built like Dentalina confluens Reuss, which form they are identical with, the latter being a variety of this exceeding- ly variable species. Locality.—Norfolk, Va. Well-boring, depth 685 feet. Geological distribution.—Lias to Recent. Genus VAG/JNULINA JVamarck. Vaginulina legumen. Syn. Nautilus legumen Linne, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 711, No. 248, 1758 12th Ed., p. 1164, No. 288, 1767. Vaginulina legumen Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. xv, P. 5, 1895. on Test nearly straight, pod-like, compressed, smooth, consisting of only six chambers; septa limbate, parallel, oblique, less dis- tinct towards the distal end; ultimate chamber slightly pro- longed at the anterior end; aperture radiate; length o.80mm. Florizon and locality.—Kocene; Sunnyside, Md. Geological distribution.— Trias to Recent. Genus CRISTELLARIA Vamarck. Cristellaria cultrata. Syn. Robulus cultratus Montfort, Conch. Syst., Eon i, p. 214, 54 genre, 1808. Cristellaria cultrata Parker & Jones, Phil. Trans., vol. clv, p. 344, pl. Xili, figs. 17, 18; pl. xvi, fig. 5, 1865. Test circular, biconvex, smooth and glistening, margin sharp, broadly keeled; chambers seven to eleven, somewhat convex, smooth or costate; aperture radiate. Cristellaria cultrata is a common form at several localities in the Upper Cretaceous formations of New Jersey. The width 321 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA Bo @ ot the marginal keel is very variable though always more or less de- veloped and serves to distinguish this species from Cv/stellaria votulata which it resembles; geologically it hasa wide range, being sound as early as the Triassic (Lias) and still existing in present oceans. Localsty.—Norfolk, Va. Well boring, depth 695 feet. Crisficld, Md. Well boring, depth 776 feet. Cristellaria radiata. Syn. Robulina radia‘a Bornemann, Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. NA De Bevis polls 2S, tikes Toy ASSES Cristellaria radiata Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. xv, p. 5, 1895. ‘Test nearly circular, moderately compressed, with circular, raised umbilicus; final convolution showing ten strongly curv- ed even chambers, marked externally by raised white septal lines which become less distin¢ét towards the peripheral margin; keel quite definite and of the same snow-white color as the rais- ed septa, while the chambers are darker in color and are strong- ly contrasted with the rest of the shell. The surface is smooth and glistening; the aperture radiate; diameter 1.26 mm. florizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va., rare. Geological distribution.—Tertiary. Cristeliaria rotulata. Syn. Lenticulites rotulata Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, vol. v, p. 185, No. 3; Tableau Encyc. et Meth. pl. cccelxvi, fig. 5, 1804. Cristellaria rotulata Parker & Jones, Phil. Trans., vol. clv, p. 345, pl. xili, fig. 19, 1865. Test involute, biconvex, smooth, peripheral margin sharp, non- carinate, chambers numerous, eight or nine in the last con- volution; septa moderately curved, visible externally as fine lines; aperture elliptical, radiate. The genus Cristellaria although found so abundantly in the New Jersey Cretaceous seems to be rather rare in the Atlan- tic SlopeTertiary and is represented by only a few species. Cristellaria wetherellii. Syn. Marginutina wetherellit Jones, Morris's Cat. Brit. Foss., ed 2, p. 37, 1854. Cristellaria wetherellit Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 537, pl. exiv, fig. 14, 1884. Test elongate, compressed, pod-like, primordial segments more or less involute, ultimate segments extended into a straight or nearly straight series, surface of shell marked by large tubercles more or less regularly arranged along the septal lines and also upon the chambers of some segments. 28 BULLETIN I0 322 Transverse sections are elliptical and show in some forms an angular periphery and when so approaching Cvéstellaria dec- orata Reuss, in outline. Another closely allied form is seen in Marginulina hochstettert Stache, which has the tubercles de- veloped but lacks the costze and chamber decoration. Aperture round and situated at the end of asomewhat prolonged neck; length 1.56mm., breadth 0.50 mm. This highly ornamented Cvistellaria was also found by the author in the Cretaceous of New Jersey but it is rare. In the material from the well boring at Crisfield there are many of this species at a depth of 776 feet. Florizon and locality.—Miocene?; Crisfield, Md. Well boring; depth 776 feet. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous to Recent. Genus POL YMORPHINA d Orbigny. Polymorphina amygdaloides. Syn. folymorphina amygdaloides Reuss, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. xvili, p. 250, pl. vili, fig. 84, 1855. Polymorphina amygdaloides Bagg, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. I4I, p. 91, 1896. Test ovoid, flatly compressed upon one side, somewhat covex upon the other; anterior end acute, posterior obtusely round- ed; chambers three or four elongated, alternating, not all e- qually depressed, septal lines somewhat depressed, especially the longest. The surface is smooth and glistening; length 0.35 mm. The above form is not typical for the species, being more unsymmetrical than usual owing to the prominence of one of the lateral chambers. According to Messrs. Brady, Parker and Jones, this species is very variable in form and includes such varieties as Polymorphina minuta Roemer, Polymorphina guttula Reuss, Polymorphina depauperata Reuss, etc. Florizon and locality.—Eocene; Pamunkey river, Va. Geological distribution.—Tertiary to Recent. Polymorphina austriaca. Syn. Guttulina austriaca d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 223, pl. xii, figs. 23-25, 1846. Polymorphina austriaca Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. XV, p. 5, 1895. Test oviform, smooth, moderately compressed, acuminate an- teriorly, consisting of four chambers which are oblong, oblique 323 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 29 and somewhat convex, separated by fairly deep sutures; aper- ture mammillate. d’Orbigny considers that Guttulina nitida is closely related to this species but states that it differs from it in the more elevated chambers. Our specimens are slightly more acute post- eriorly than d’Orbigny’s figure. Florizon and locality.—EKocene; Wooustock, Va. Geological distribution.—Tertiary. Polymorphina communis. Syn. Guttulina communis d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 266, No. 15, pl. xii, figs. 1-4; Modele, No. 62, 1826. Folymorphina communis Bagg, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., NOE LAI aD: 92, 1896. Test irregular ovoidal, or egg-shaped, consisting of four or five distinct segments; anterior extremely acute, posterior ob- tuse; chambers inflated, elliptical, embracing; surface smooth with _ distinct septal depressions; aperture mammillate; diam. 0.35 mm. This species occurs quite abundantly in the New Jersey Cre- taceous but the forms are much larger than in the Eocene of Maryland. © ‘ Horizon and locality. —Kocene; Woodstock, Va.; Pamunkey riv- ei, Wal. Geological distribution.—l,ias to Recent. Poiymorphina compianata. Syn. folymorphina complanata d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 234, pl. xiii, figs. 25-30, 1846. Test complanate, elongate, resembling Fvondicularia in out- line, chambers numerous, arranged biserially; anterior end acute, posterior obtusely rounded, lateral margins rounded, nearly paral- lel; septal lines depressed, slightly oblique and alternating; cham- bers somewhat lobed at the margin and elevated but not strong- ly so; surface smooth; aperture mammillate; length 1.73 mm., breadth 0.50 mm. Florizon and locality.—EKocene; Pamunkey river, Va. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous and ‘Tertiary. Polymorphina compressa. Syn. Lolymorphina compressa d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 233, pl. xli, figs. 32-34, 1846. Polymorphina compressa Brady, Parker and Jones, Trans. Linn. Soc., 30 BULLETIN 10 324 London, vol. xxvii, p. 227, pl. xl, fig. 12, a-f, 1870. ‘Shell oblong, inequilateral, compressed, more or less fusiform: chambers numerous, arranged in two inequal series, somewhat in- flated; septal lines depressed; surface smooth or faintly striated; a- perture variable, usually simple, circular, coronate; sometimes lab- yrinthic or porous’’; length, from one twentieth to one tenth of an inch; (Brady, Parker and Jones, loc. cit.); length 0.82-1.30 mm., breadth 0.43 min. This species is very common in the Maryland Miocene beds especially at Plum Point, Jones Wharf, Md., and also occurs in the bluffs on the James river, Va. Fforizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Miocene; Plum Point, Md., Norfolk, Va. Well boring; depth, 685 feet. Geological distribution.—Ljias to Recent. Polymorphina elegantissima. Syn. olymorphina elegantissima Parker & Jones, Phil. Trans., vol. clv, table x, p. 438, 1865. Polymorphina elegantisstma Brady, Parker & Jones, Trans. Linn, ° Soc., London, vol. xxvii, p. 231, pl xl, fig. 15 a-c, 1870. Test ovoidal, anterior end acute, posterior obtusely round- ed; chambers four or five, elongate, arranged in an inequilater- al biserial manner and overlapping in such a way that while one side remains nearly flat the opposite is more or less irreg- ularly vaulted and shows all the chambers in parallel arrange- ment; final segment broad below, embracing, and bearing the mammillate aperture upon theanteriorend. Shell surface smooth, finely perforate; length 0.60 mm., breadth 0.40 mm. Prof. Brady considers that Polymorphina problema var. del- tordea Reuss, and Polymorphina anceps Reuss, are identical with this species. Florizon and locality.—EHocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Eocene to Recent. Polymorphina gibba. Syn. Globulina gibba ad Orbigny, Foram. Foss, Vien., p. 227, pl. xiii, figs. 13, 14, 1846. Polymorphina gibba Bagg, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Circulars, vol. xv, p- 5, 1895. Test subglobular, apex slightly produced, base obtusely round- ed, consisting of from two to four chambers compactly joined and overlapping. The surface is smooth and unmarked by sept- 325 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA. Bi al constrictions. Septa are visible as delicate, oblique lines; transverse section nearly circular; aperture mammillate; length 0.35 mm., breadth 0.30 mm. Specimens of the above species from the Eocene of Maryland are very similar to those from the Navesink formation (lower marl bed) of New Jersey, but the Eocene forms are much small- er. It is not a common species in the Eocene. Florizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Jurassic to Recent. Polymorphina lactea. Syn. Serpula lactea Walker and Jacob, (fide Kanmacher’s Ed.), Adams Essays Microsc. p. 634, pl. xiv, fig. 4, 1798. Polymorphina lactea Brady, Parker and Jones, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxvii, p. 213, pl. xxxix, fig. 1, a-c, 1870. Test ovate or subpyriform, only slightly compressed, consist- ing of three or four chambers with flush sutures and scarce- ly distinct septal lines; aperture terminal, radiate; diam. 0.39 mm. Florizon and locality.—Miocene, Plum Point, Md. Geological distribution.—Jurassic to Recent. Not common. Polymorphina prelonga. Syn. Folymorphina prelonga Terquem, Mem. Soc. geol. France, ser. 3, vol. i, p. 39, pls. iii, viii, figs. 20, 21; 1878. Polymorphina prelonga Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. XV, p. 5, 1895. Test elongate-oval, attenuated anteriorly; smooth and glisten- ing, nearly circular in transverse section; three or four slight- ly raised, elongate chambers, marked by somewhat depressed septa; length 0.79 mm. This species with its many varieties is beautifully illustrated in Terquem’s monograph on the Eocene Foraminifera of Par- is. According to that author this species is more abundant in the Eocene, being quite rare in deposits of Pliocene age. Florizon and locality._-EKocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Eocene to Pliocene. Genus U/I/GERINA d Orbigny. Uvigerina canariensis. Syn. Cvigerina canariensis d’Orbigny, Foram. Canaries, p. 138, pl. 1, 32 BULLETIN 10 326 figs. 25-27, 1839. Uvigerina urnula d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 189, pl. xi, figs. 21-22, 1846. The test of Uvigerina canariensis is characterized by its smooth shell although faint indications of costee are sometimes seen in recent specimens and in the form described by d’Orbigny under the name Uvigerina urnula from the Miocene of the Vienna Basin. The shell is in the form of an irregularly built tri- serial spire of various length, and ends in a more or less elong- ated tube with a flaring aperture. The segments are more or less globose and distinét, the sut- ure being well marked; length 0.57 mm. Florizon and locality.--Miocene?; Crisfield, Md. Well boring; depth, 776 feet. Geological distribution.—Miocene to Recent. Uvigerina pygmza. Syn. Uvigerina pygme@a d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 269, pl. xii, figs. 8, 9, 1826. Modele, No. 67. Uvigerina pygme@a Parker and Jones, Phil. Trans., vol. cly, p. 363, pl. xili, figs, 53-7; xvii, fig. 65, 1865. Test more or less broadly ovate and stoutly built, with thick shell-wall. The chambers are numerous, large and globose, and are separated by depressed septal lines. The surface is marked by a number of prominent longitudinal costee which are less num- erous and larger than in the longer and more tapering Uwz- gerina tenuistriata Reuss. The primordial end is rounded, the anterior extended into a short tubular neck with a flaring aper- tire: This interesting little species occurs very abundantly in the samples of greensand from the well boring at Norfolk, Va., and is not rare in the boring at Crisfield, Md. Florizon and locality.—_Miocene; Norfolk, Va. Well boring; depth, 645 to 685 feet. Occurs also at Crisfield, Md., in a deep artesian well boring. Geological distribution.—Miocene to Recent. Uvigerina tenuistriata. Syn. Uvigerina tenutstriata Reuss, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. lxii, p. 485, pt. 1; von Schlicht, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, pl. xxii, figs. 34-37, 1870. 327 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 3g Test much more finely striate than Uvigerina pygme@a and more slender, tapering to a small well rounded end below and gradually increasing in size above. The chambers are not so globose and the septa are not so depressed as in Uvigerina pygmea. Aperture at the end ofa flaring tubular neck as in typical Uvigerina forms. The above species is less common than the allied form C/w7- gerina pyzmea. Fflorizon and locality.—Miocene; Norfolk, Va. Well boring, depth 645 to 685 feet. It also occurs in the artesian well bor- ing, Crisfield, Md. Geological distribution.—Upper Oligocene to Recent. Genus GLOB/GERINA dd’ Orbigny. Globigerina bulloides. Syn. Globigerina bulloides d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 277, No. 1, 1826. Modele’s No. 17, (young) and No. 76. Globigerina bulloides d’Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 163, pl. ix, figs. 4-6, 1846. Globigerina bulloides Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 593, pl. Ixxvii, and pl. Ixxix, figs. 3-7, 1884. ‘Test spiral, subtrochoid; superior surface convex, inferior more or less convex but with deeply sunken umbilicus, peri- phery rounded, lobulated; adult specimens composed of about seven globose segments, of which four form the outer con- volution, the aperture of the individual chambers opening in- ‘dependently into the umbilical vestibule; diameter sometimes one fortieth of an inch (0.63 mm.), but oftener much less.’’ (Brady, loc: cit.) Globigerina bulloides is not an unusual form in the Miocene of Virginia but it is more abundant at Plum Point, Maryland than elsewhere. Fforizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Miocene; Dar- lington, S. C., James river and Yorktown, Va., Plum Point, Maryland. Geological distribution. —Cretaceous to Recent. Genus SP/R/LLINA Ehrenberg. Spirillina orbicularis, n. sp. Test free, consisting of a non- beptate tube coiled in a plano- 34 BULLETIN 10 328 spiral manner and forming in our specimen about seven convol- utions. The peripheral margin is broadly rounded. ‘The lateral surfaces are unlike, upon one the inner side of the coils are marked by a large number of elliptical pits while the opposite is somewhat granulated and apparently without the depressions. The final convolution ends in a constricted aperture, slightly ec- centric; diam. 0.52 mm. The above species resembles Sp:vil/ina margaritifera William- son with this difference that in place of aolnendles we have de- pressions. I have only one specimen of this interesting form but it is perfect and I have no hesitation in pronouncing it to be new. Florizon and locality.-—Miocene; Yorktown, Va. Genus D/SCORB/INA Parker & Jones. Discorbina bertheloti. Syn. Rosalina bertheloti d,Orbigny, Foram. Canaries, p. 135, pl. I, figs. 28-30, 1839. Mscorbina bertheloti Bagg, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 141, Os C2, Test very compressed, carinate, finely punctate; spiral side ap- proximately flat, reverse side low-convex; chambers depressed, convex, numerous, margins slightly lmbate; ultimate chamber larger than the one preceding. The shell is quite similar to Truncatulina lobaluta, but it is more depressed and the walls are more finely perforate; diam. 0.42 mm. florizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution. —Cretaceous to Recent. Discorbina orbicularis. Syn. Rosalina orbicularis Terquem, Anim. sur la Plage de Dunkerque, (ty Dy Os Woy JOM, dss see, Al zl, IO, iyo. Discorbina orbicularis Brady, Chal. Rep’t, vol. ix, p. 647, pl. Ixxxvilli, figs. 4-8, 1884. Test small, nearly circular, superior side convex, inferior de- pressed at the umbilicus and slightly concave; peripheral mar- gin sharp. ” The superior chamber shows numerous, very much elong- ated chambers which extend nearly half way around the shell as they reach the peripheral margin. Upon the inferior side only three or four segments are visible and these are marked by 329 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA. as very slight septal depressions. The aperture is in the form of an elongated slit reaching from the margin to near the umbilicus upon the inferior surface. Diam., 0.39. I have only one specimen of this minute shell. Florizon and locality.—Miocene; Darlington, S. C. Geological distribution.—Miocene to Recent. Genus TRUNCATULINA @’ Orbigny. Truncatulina haidingerii Syn. Rotalina haidingerii d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram, Foss, Vien., p. 154, pli vii, figs. 7--9) Rolalina chrenbergit Bailey, Smithsonian Contrib. to Knowl., VOL, PAct en DanONN loca in== tases sit Truncatulina haidingerit Brady, Chal. Rep., vol. 1x, p. .663, pl. xev, fig. 7,a--c, 1884. Test circular, biconvex, trochoid, composed of three volutions. Upon the inferior side the chambers are marked by nearly straight somewhat depressed septa, while upon the superior side the septa are more or less curved backward, often quite strongly so. The aperture isin the form of avery small slit near the periphery. This species is very similar to 7yuncatulina ungeriana but dif- fers from itin being mere vaulted and less depressed at the um- bilicus. ‘There is no distinct groove following the whorls upon the superior side and the perforations are much smaller than in its allied form. Our forms of this species from the well boring at Norfolk, Va., found at a depth of 685 feet are of Tertiary age (lower?) and are identical with Rofalia propinqua Reuss, which must be consid- ered as a synonym of 7runcatulina hatdingerit a’ Orbigny. Florizon and locality.—Norfolk, Va. Well boring, depth 685 feet. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous to Recent. »Truncatulina lobatula. Syn. Nautilus lobatulus Walker & Jacob, 1798, (fide Karmacher’s Ed.) Adams Essays Microsc, p. 642, pl. xiv, fig. 36. Lruncatulina lobatula Brady, Chal. Rept., vol. ix, p. 660, pl. xcii, fig. 10, pl. xciii, figs. 1, 4, 5; pl. exv, figs. 4, 5, 1884. Test plano-convex, moderately vaulted; last volution consist- ing of seven, eight, or nine chambers with slightly depressed 36 BULLETIN 10 330 septa; septal lines being more curved on the superior surface. Aperture a small neatly shaped arch at the inferior margin of the ultimate segment. Diameter, o. 6 mm. The above species shows great variation. Professor Brady con- siders that the more convex varieties merge into Truncatulina refulgens, while flattened forms resemble Zyuncatulina wuel- lerstorfi. ‘The regularly built convex varieties constitute the Truncatulina boueana d’Orbigny, while the less regular are equivalent to 7runcatulina variabilis of the same author. ‘The - latter species is well represented in the very irregular wide spread- ings forms from Plum Point, Md. Florizon and locality.—KEocene; Woodstock, Va.: Miocene; James River, Yorktown, and Norfolk, Va.; Plum Point, and Jones Wharf, Md. Truncatulina variabilis. Syn. Truncatulina variabilis d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vit, p. 279, No. 8, 1826. Truncatulina variabilis 'Terquem, Mim. Soc. Geol. Jeena, Seieuan vol. 11, Mem. 111, p. I, figs, 18--25, 1878. Test consisting of a depresssd, plano-convex, exceedingly variable form, the segments of which are never uniform or reg- ular in arrangement as in 7runcatulina lobaluta but are more or less evolute in shape and the amount of depression. The sur- face of the shellis coarsely perforate. Aperture a wide gaping arch extending along the inner margin of the final convolution. Diameter, 0.56—1 mm. florizon and locality.---Miocene; Plum Point, Jones Wharf, Md. Geological distribution.—Kocene to Recent. Genus PUL VINULINA Parker & Jones. Pulvinulina elegans. Syn. fotalia elegans d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vi1, p.276, No. 54, 1826. Pulvinulina elegans Brady, 1884, Rept. Chal.,p. 699, pl. cv; figs. 4--6. : ; Test large, orbicular, both sides convex, but more so upon the inferior side; surface rough, marked especially upon the inferior side by raised tubercles; peripheral margin sharp, slightly cari- nate. The chambers are arranged in three convolutions which 331 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA any are all visible upon the superior side and separated by curved band-like septa. Only faint irregular depressions of septal lobes indicate the chambers of the final volution upon the inferior sur- face. The septal lobes are not curved as upon the superior side; aperture variable andsometimes invisible. Some forms show a very small semi-lunar arch upon the lower Sunes, Diam., 0.52--0.65 mm. This little Pudvinulina is the most common form to be found in the Eocene of Pamunkey river and shows great variation in size and form. Some specimens are plano-convex while others are distinctly bi-convex. Transverse sections show the same nummuline lamin- ation as shown in figure 21( woodcut) of the Challenger Report. The Jurassic pistomine of Dr. Uhlig (Jahrb. k. k. Geol. Ree ncehnewellir, polls Soci; Jos WO, Oe Ale he, KO anil Fol, VIII. figs, I—3,) are very similar to our specimens but the aperture does not appear to be the same. According to Professor Brady this species is almost identical with Pu/vinaulina partscht- ana d’Orbigny for he states that ‘“The Aotalia elegans of the ‘Tableau Methodique, founded upon figures in Soldani’s ‘Testa- ceographia’ passes by insensible gradations into the Rotalna partschiana of the Vienna Basin memoir. The particular variety represented by the former figure attains larger dimensions, the test is less convex and therefore relatively thinner, and the septa are marked by broad, clear lines, neither elevated nor depressed, whilst in the latter the sutures, especially on the inferior face, are generally more or less limbate externally.”’ This author further states that Pulvinulina elegans occurs in comparatively shallow water while Pulvinulina partschiana is a deep water form. Florizon and locality.— Eocene; Pamunky river, Va. Geological distribution.—Jurassic to Recent. Pnivinulina schreibersii. Syn. Rotalina schreibersii d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 154, pl. vii, figs. 4—6. Pulvinulina schreibersii Bagg, Johns Hopkins Uuiv. Circulars, vol. xv, p. 5, 1895. Test orbicular, superior side more convex than inferior; con- sisting of about seven chambers in final convolution, (some speci- 38 BULLETIN 10 332 mens show nine); inferior side distinctly stellate with depressed septal lines and elevated chambers, the latter feature being char- acteristic for the species, and distinguishing it from Pu/vézulina karstent by lack of peripheral keel. The final chamber is larger and more globose than the one adjoining; umbilicus depressed on inferior side; aperture a submarginal slit. Diameter, 0. 4—0.54. This ‘species is not uncommon in the Eocene of Woodstock but seems to be quite rare in the Mioceneof James river, Va. Professor Brady does not mention this species as occurring back of the Miocene but states that it is common in the late Tertiaries of Europe. Florizon and locality.—KEocene; Woodstock, Va.: Miocene; James river, Va. Geological distribution.—Eocene to Recent. Genus ROTAL/A Lamarck. Rotalia beccarii. Syn. Vautilus beccarit inne, 1767, Syst. Nat., Ed. 12, p. 1162; 1788, ibid. Ed. (Gmelen’s) 13, p. 3370, No. 4. Rotalia beccarii Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., p. 48, pl. iv. figs. 90—92. Rotalia beccarit Parker & Jones, Phil. Trans., vol. clv, p. 388, pl. xvi, figs. 29, 30, 1865. Test finely porous, formed of a nearly circular low turbinoid spire, peripheral margin lobulated, obtusely rounded; chambers numerous, ten to forty, somewhat inflated, about ten in the final convolution, and separated by depressed nearly straight septal lines. Convolutions about three, inferior surface thickened, and often beaded with exogenous granules at the umbilicus. Aper- ture a notched, subdivided opening ora series of pores at the inner margin of the ultimate chamber. Diameter 0.34--0.74 mm. The above species is a shallow water form and is rather com- mon in the Pleistocene formation at Cornfield Harbor. Florizon and locality.—Miocene; Darlington, S. C.: Pleistocene; Cornfield Harbor, Md. Geological distribution.—-Miocene to Recent. Rotalia orbicularis. Syn. Lotalia (Gyroidina) orbicularis d’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vil, p. 278, No. 1;—Modele, No. 13, 1826. Rotalia orbicularis Terquem, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 333 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA 39 Tz, Mem. 111, p. 60, pl. iv, Ags. 1—3, 1882. Test orbicular, plano- convex or nearly so, superior side being flat, the inferior highly convex and deeply excavated at the um- -bilicus; peripheral margin subangular, segments numerous sep- arated by curved septa upon the superior side, consisting of three or more convolutions, the inferior side consisting of elevated segments showing asomewhat lobulated margin and with depressed septa. Professor Brady says of this species ‘‘It is isomorphous with Truncatulina lobatula in the Planorbuline series, and formsa connecting link between Rofalia beccarii and Rotalia soldanit.”” Fforizon and locality.— Miocene; Norfolk, Va.; 685 ft. Geological distribuiion.—Eocene to Recent. Rotalia soldanii. Syn. Rotalia (Gyroidina)soldanti WOrbigny, Ann, Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 278, No. 5;—Modele, No. 36, 1826. Rotalia soldanti Hantken, 1875, Mittheil. Jahrb. d. k. ung. geol. Anstalt, p. 80, pl. Ix, fig. 7, a—c. Test plano-convex or nearly so, circular, and with slightly lob- ulated periphery, superior side showing numerous curved septa, inferior much vaulted, with approximately straight septa which are excavated at the umbilicus. ‘The plano-convex habit of growth reaches its extreme devel- opment, so far as the present genus is concerned, in Lofalza sol- danzz, the test of which resembles that of Rotalia orbicularis, ex- cept that the convexity of the inferior side is considerably greater. The species corresponds morphologically to 77wzcatu- lina refuleens and Pulvinulina micheliniana, but the shell is more neatly and compactly built, the outline is more rounded, and the walls more finely perforated than in either of the latter species. Sections of the test show that the septal walls are double, and that there is a considerable deposit of shell-substance in the region of the umbilicus, but without any trace of canals.’’ (Chal. Rept., VOla Tx iphu TOO) Florizon and locality —Miocene; Norfolk, Va. Well boring, depth, 645 ft. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous; Miocene to Recent. Genus VON/JONINA 4d’ Orbigny. Nonionina affinis, Syn. Vontonina affinis Reuss, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol. III, p. 72, yp 40 BULLETIN 10 334 pl. v, fig. 32, 1851. Nontionina affinis Bagg, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Circulars, vol. XV, Pp. 5, 1895. Test small, orbicular, strongly compressed, umbilicate, finely perforate; chambers ten to twelve, small, flat, slightly curved, separated by fairly distinct band-like septal lines; septal plane of ultimate chamber somewhat higher than broad and quite large; aperture short, semilunar. Diameter, 0.32 mm. Professor Reuss’ figure agrees quite well with our specimen but there are twelve chambers visible in the last volution. Ac- cording to Reuss this species is closely related to /Vonzonina punctata d’Orbigny, but the latter species is thicker in trans- verse section. Florizon and locality.—Eocene; Woodstock, Va. Geological distribution.—Cretaceous and Tertiary. Nonionina boueana. Syn. Vontonina boueana d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 108, (Olle Me ie, 1A. Lontonina boueana Brady, Chal. Rept, vol. Ix, p. 729, pl. ctx, figs.12,13,1884. Test broadly oval, strongly compressed laterally, peripheral margin sharp angled, segments numerous, usually about ten or twelve in the last volution, long, narrow, with slight lobulated margin separated by distin¢ét septa somewhat curved especially toward the younger chambers; umbilicus depressed; separated from Nonionina scapha by its sharp peripheral margin and more numerous chambers. Aperture a small, arched opening on the inner margin of the septal plane. Fflorizon and locality.—Miocene; Norfolk, Va. Well boring, depth, 645 feet. Geological distribution.—Upper Oligocene to Recent. Nonionina depressula. Syn. Nautilus depressulus Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’ Essays Microsc., Kanmacher’s Ed., p. 641, pl. xiv, fig. 33. Nonionina depressula Brady, Chal. Rept., vol. 1x, p. 725, pl. civ, fig. 6, 7, 1884. Nontonina depressula Bagg, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. XV, p. 5. 1895. 335 TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA Al Test strongly depressed, convolute, peripheral edge round; chambers numerous, ten to twelve in the last “elleriai, slightly curved septa; septal lines distin@ and but faintly depressed, be- coming more nearly straight as they approach the ultimate chamber. Umbilical area granulated, nearly flush with the gen- eral surface of the shell. Shell-wall thin and hyaline. Aperture a narrow elongated slit. Diameter, 0.26 to 0.34 mm. Professor Brady considers this shallow water form as a starved variety of its allies the home of which is in water of less than fifty fathoms, and whose distribution is almost universal. ‘Florizon and locality—Eocene; Pamunkey river, Va.: Miocene; Yorktown, Va. Geological distribution.—-Eocene to Recent. Nonionina scapha. Syn. Nautilus scapha Fichtel & Moll, 1803, Test. Micr., p. 105, pl. x1x, figs. d--f, Nontonina scapha Brady, Chal. Rept., vol. 1x, p. 730, pl. crx, figs. 14, 15, and 16?, 1884. Test free, hyaline, finely perforate, elongate, rather strongly compressed, peripheral margin broadly rounded, chambers num- erous, narrow and long, rapidly increasing in size toward the ultimate chamber and separated by nearly straight septal lines which are only slightly depressed. The ultimate chamber is the largest and longest, extending fully two-thirds the length of the shell. The septal plane is broadly oval or somewhat cordate; convolutions about three; twelve to fourteen chambers in the last volution, aperture a small concentric shaped median slit at the inner margin of the final segment. Length, 0.39—o. 65 mm. Breadth, 0.3—o.47 mm. This a common form in the Miocene. Florizon and locality.—Miocene; James river, Yorktown, Va. Plum Point, Md. Geological distribution.— Miocene to Recent. ° Polystomella striatopunctata. Syn. Nautilus striatopunctata Fichtel & Moll, ee Test. Micr., p. 61, pl. iv, figs. a--c. Folystomella striatopunctata Brady, Chal. Rept., vol. 13%), [De ABs JOM Cli Ie Day De 42 BULLETIN 10 236 Test rounded, both sides equally compressed, peripheral margin obliquely rounded, becoming somewhat lobulated near the ulti- mate chamber; segments triangular, ten in the last volution, separated by straight, slightly depressed septal lines which are in the shape of bridges marking the retral process of the shell; um- bilicus very slightly depressed,septal plane nearly round, aperture in the form of a series of pores or openings along the inner margin of the ultimate segment. Diameter, 0.26--0.78 mm. Florizon and locality.—Pleistocene; Cornfield Harbor, Md. Geological distribution.—Yhis beautiful little Polystomella ot variable size is the most abundant species in the Pleistocene deposit at Cornfield Harbor. Genus AMPHISTEGINA d’Orbigny. Amphistegina lessonii. . Syn. : 305 Eleagnus incequalis .............. 209 Elliottwee Beatns icine. cottes ee eee 83 JEwooboOTS, Sh I ocagsancosoosnscoe 83, 100 Enclimatoceras ulrichi........... 197 Bnerinal limestone--5.--2s-eenseeeee 6 Buelehardity He Besre--eeasseaeee 154 Eocene Mollusca from Ala...... 169 Bo lig mitic. 250.4 s.3- octane aes 226 Tals GHA AIEOINS soc cocscooscoomcoancnaes (Oy 7/ Eiuchetlodon creno-carinatus...171% pl. 5. fig. 1. TASB BETS ccooonoacconosanenssoc 171 Eulymella nuculoides?............. 21 Euomphalus ( Straparollus) hecale 38. Eivans) os Wescis.eeloee eee 84 Exilia, peroracilis.-s.mececkessecee 217 Byerman( J. ...25...0¢-.s0eseneaeeeee 84 OCCU ODOME Divas tone ee eee 182 pl. 6, fig. 2, a QOVONE Ae eee eee 250 pl. 17, fig. 7, 8 Fags) ferrugineals.. sc ameeseerae 209 353 iInDRse > Vion. Il 59 Fall creek seCtion..................-. 17) Featherstonhaugh, G. W......... 84 RESINS MOS et octane ees tee eee eet let 84 IPT allies). 8 (inh a ep paedecdeoueenncnnsne todeer 84 EMTEMISEOIMES TEM seco vote saseeee meee. 84 Flatwoods beds..................05. 210 Ieikesoapborer, ISL) Sscsccscsosocunnesonnece 154 Fontaine, W. M............... 84, 104 TROOTE RIA ME sanace. Heme el RR ent 87 NPAT E Teg sheen tee ep cee aac 87 roe lilo lentay sci vernnsaeeanet 87 ico wGh Om EWE), .yos6ooncs0gsdeoDooo|ce 323 Ft. Gaines, section at............. 224 nity Viassac) Willis eases) eae 206 JE ED bog ager g MOE Boa seronnodcoccos 217 BUSUS CHONATUS.......s..5.2ecc sees 218 pee MATT S Iie de aac enserhignen aene eee 223 interstriatus...............218, 224 TAU ILO CHI eas ee ese I7I pl. 4, fig. 4. a LSE TI eee sche esc s emcees 172 OM ONUS A aioe sek c asses eee 172 PASOdiOmS eee eee sees 170 SUD BUDST Socrommepocsosocsscdeoor ot 180 pl. 3, fig. 2. subscalarinus).................. 224 GUMOUETTNTIS, sboaconasndononebos 218 (Ga WV Ml Aires sasrsays sane cee 87 Ganainee, ISIS AY; codcosandecoeossador 87 Gardeau group............... SNe 6, 7 Pieler WORE Meee caus ctbalc ate 87 Genescersechio leet aeee eer en eee 6 (GaN Bas Ts 7 \saosdoccen oo beee Leconte eas 88 Geil, AWS Wy Sicrse0c ssoadosooseon 154 Georgia, Lignitic in............... 224 Gitiord sileb ie esasaccceeee certainties: 88 Galway WW soses tetas aes acie sokee 88 Gilmer, FE. W......-::- La He Soe 88 Genie asec aaa ea akan: 88 Globigerina bulloides............. 327 Clopulinayedlb pase sae eee 324 Glossites depressus.............. 24, 30 32) 4. Glycymerts alabama..........0..-. 261 pl. 69, fig. 16. Perrectoides \c..seeeheeen. 261 Glyptocardia speciosa..........10, IT 20, 34, 28, 29, 30, 32, 42. GOllelssiowhtl, TB. sasoosscooooossonsbecuboc 88 Gomphoceras tumidum....... 17, 21 23, 25, 31, 40. Goniatites complanatus....... 18, 19 24, 40. Goniatites discoideus.......... Wye 28, 31, 40, 40. GHHOATTIEH WO ers beson cobonnbaoseoneoade 4o SIHTUWIOISINS ssuogsedoc decode pacoee ye es) 24, 28, 80, 4o. peracutus......... joo ooooubODODE Se 40 eaNEH EAU ENGI pecacosoascqoacncebod 40 Goniophora hamiltonensis........25 AI. TMP OTA Aeneas eae 19, 22 24, 26, AT. (CieawoavaNEre, IfiNO, cooseasocaacacasoosovee 88 Grammiysia elliptica................ 20 Subaxcuatay secre teeaee 17, 18 19, 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 30 31, 41 kG Fash oho CAA Remedi enone SiSa Honces 88 Greenway, Dr. Jas..................- 89 Gregg’s landing.............. 196, 223 Groddeck, A. Von................. 154 Grypheea pitcheril.................. 232 (BlaWb gots St Pav Pena ARCA R anita st 232 LITETS ES Ree Anon aEarBE tn teeiciga 226 VESICUMA TS) penis eee ene 232 Grulllettes Dla ndinguss ne eeeece eee 223 Guttulina austriaca ................ 232 COMMIS Rete eee ee 323 Tob (0 Clee ea Gan ARENA Kaun Stan 323 Fela SG) Rec ea es ee ee Re 89 Hale, C. S., studies of Lignitic bedsvini Alla. Grae Sp aannaes 211 T. J., collection of............ 217 Fe G Cla a's ie eae ie een a Ss 89 BEE sono ramonoer nea rchanr eran aucoudes 89 Prof. Jas., views on Ithaca IPED Nes ined arate Mean Ben aan eS REF Halophragmium placenta........ 312 Eau S Siva Jee eeecissaseenen tasoonene woes 89 Je@hooulliiroyay LVAGNEES S.oocsncenbesosoosce 224 Flarde mn WWissenes teas nue a: 89 Ja lehoalsya Cis dD season sabeemuoer ane 75, 89 on Lignitic Stage.....193,294 Hatchetigbee bluff........... 222, 226 Tay. d en CBee asen caetbae auM I: 90 TET Te saci ivy Goon ocieelret bracelet 90 liayes io) CW areusicasseictisesone side mclen 90 Jel@H Woratin, AN scoosscceqsonanen 154, 306 correlates the Ala. and Md. Newent beds se-usweeee nee Diy species re-figured and de- Srl bed yiaees waaee ase useR ees 170 ELeinni Che Oye awes cae aeen se ceece es gI Hemifusus engonatus............. 221 JE(NVSOINS IDR decesaconcoccassno. 154 JelEnnnvereal), 18, 18losseaqupocosance 92, 154 60 BULLETIN Ic 354 nn bancdeyeRaclan oniceeeeseeeeeeer 203 IBRVGlG Kerns Wer We penncasosodoosanccocanea 92 IBGDIGbRE WAS Gy, IPs jossecccocnaccascosence 92 Jebel, TEs Woscecocsncessonccsonene 207 TaN ly en eee ee ae 92 JeGulksioneanal, Wo Whocscaconasceoseceene 70 IEG aoxeli<, (Co JEL. sedcostooudoos scons 92 SE iwi saisihs doce aoe oaeeiese sees 2 JEKoaKetes, EIS hayes ca moncasdseoaoones 92 Ms aS ean ncthar nee dance ealscineineet 93 Ves ol ban( cy Bwana deapeacdoseacubnonpdsace 93 AAVieal & Wap PRPe as Abe lua ananancoancbadce 93 15 Wo} 0) aWalsy dbs) Cs tose sca aAAcHodenobabe 154 Horse creek, section at.......... 214 JRIOHOMISISS, IECloesansconasadconccescsas 93 127, 154. Ilona, Js We snocacesboasxoccd tee 69 JEGohy eNO ely Aonanonponbaogdooosoededs 97 JElwloogwGl) OQ), IP ascosssasba0ca0e 132, 154 AO ysnaueaseneacesee ee hetero 197 12 COUN Peewee enc i ecaae ann ane apoorabe nen 97 Tetravavereratoresl,, W/o Spoassonsacoooso bance 97 JeQeraKe, ISIS Eoscocossnsqucosbocnodoee 97 STE Sy nie abe ete eae Odo a ae eT 97 JEH VOI ASS ACIS: cocanasssccassaan poe 38 WMiimorsy Wicmitiesmte ss seep: 205 Midway beds in............... 205 IGualloorcWeras) \f5 JD hncecacbnossneocuodsoes 98 Infundibulum trochiformts.....215 IiskeeMUles NWee Siconeeancoce bdeddsecooDGs 154 Ithaca fauna and its relations I—56 TmapaMeGl ly SGN eos cesoonabs 200 5 and Naples sections........... 15 and vicinity, map of........... 16 JACkSommCwnle sh. vo aware ees 98 James River. outcrops............. 198 GInISIesIoNe, INGO bocce boconstootcocoase 98 J@latioioyntly (Ca Deisonsanccodapasccousooc0o 155 C. W., on beds at Sabinetown, ALS ahr eroateierebistreram Salas 201 DDN casi as Bena a rade Ee eee Mae act 99 (GLO Ria tiianeine cme meautanuaetes 99 WES RS rasta rade ee saabranesalne 99 POMES CIS RE yairereanaisct cee toes 304, 307 Jit Os MUG ener cas beeen OO leg 5 Ikebe i. Walco Naan cae hwacaeng eae 99 Kalani eae eee ees a Se ees or 99 etc ha ae) aaa ae an Cea 87, 99 WKeliia eoczemicaes is aeen-o sree: 182 PULVILD o.totccieaeeoes aere eter 1ST jolly @, sever, By Be PUitMa ents. eeseaeoa- case esaasee 202 DELIV Nas eredee pee ncasieetoeee 250 ONG ey OES Fe, Bl Kempy J Bene eee 109 Kent, Wittd.ces.2 5) Shas ee eee ifele) Kentucky, Lignitic bedsin......206 Keyes) (Go Reettiicsbae ose eeee 155 Kerr: Wa i Csk..ckitee eee 100 TEGUIIS OSE) I) 0) Boecsdasbsceeccocgss 2a. eye) Kimball; Jas: Bick: 100 Kindle, E. M., Bulletin of.....1—56 Ramer @lanenCelsesesse eee arene 100 Kingsley), 2 Sii.c.ces. saaensaneees IOI Rairchoth, (Conc. s, Hen pene eee IOI TEGavonyhwopawy 1) Il Geng was ocemsoos >: IOI Kicenioy Ge Auiiercutanesssesese 1) WON” Kounz, G.. Praithsedacensnaenee ee nee IOI Lacoe: Rai vsesattegiet eee 1ce2 Levibuccinum lineatum..... ...218 LEAL CNA LLOOOS A ponent as eee eee awa WaGrangeveronpeeses ees eae 208 2TO. 226: Tami by Richio ce ceet oe eee 102 Langdon, D. W., on Ala. Lignitic 219. Wathro py Wii An csosne see eneaeeee 102 Watrobes Be Elis easssssseseeeee 102 Waurus caroliiensSicns.y. essere 209 Wéay His Coa cdc suse necdicntie deacon 155 Wea, Saale. i.ctic csi. a ee eee 102 on Tertiary Foraminifera...298 308. Weda/railldrichiainals.7--eas eee 202 COV PULENLOUAES, *. -an.s-seeeeee 243, pl. 14, figs. 10, 11. (CDI RUET posananaddecdcoogboooUsaSTocoo" 43 diversalsoi...0h sees eee 7a 26 27, 28, 29 30, 43. elongatoideateercsenese 224, 245 elongatotded........... -goaneees 242 pl. 14, figs. 8, 9. UH HAO Poors Ronen sacban-rn98° 182 pl. 6, fig. 5. WAAV LER Ga) Renae 243 Ole IAL, sages PAY Vas i.e ss oicatks sade cone 224 [ROU RED ococonpéecoanqoabespase300 05 245 pl. 14, fig. 14 perstridtas. 00. )icses ese meoeeeeee 43 JOMROWESNIE), scoccooposcestesHe zac 35008 224 (A OUGS AH Coon gegeonoe6%03230°5020¢ 244 pl. 14, fig. 13. qqercollists-teiaeats- eee 245 FODUStar Accs dseeeee dese eee 245 Medowx, Ac \Rek mee. Cotes 102 355 InDREX, Vou. II 61 ESIC AOS ar gnaeiactstiossceeetsnee 102, 308 Leiorhynchus globuliformis stage Be TOHESNCOSIANINSY « spocacassouesac 7, 3s) DO, Be. Ail, (Bis, A, D7, BO) 31, 32, 37- Wentienlites rotulatass.. 2. -e. Ba Wepidodendnontes ese eensceeeees 47 Weptodesma; mathenthst:sss.ncse- 25 MA VIO GAS 300s seeesecoch oem: 4A GSOCIAIE. Peasy. oas-conser aetna BO, DR 2ON 20: Bil, AA Lepton ? alabamensts. ......-.0+++ 1S2 pl. 6, fig. 9. ILS IG, Mie Ve Garascusseockouseos 103, 155 IL SSCMEMEWES, cs cosnasbsosobedos9 Jao 104 Levibuccinum striatum........... 222 WECUUWSUS PAL OA Ain sncnsniclansn: 170 pl. 4. fig. 3 PAP OCA ste cacinc sae eaney DON 222 THRE OSNEWS) Ga seosbocoabecdac 201, 223 Be wilss) Hae: Caio sawgerssese saoren eee 104 lignitic beds in Texas............ 198 IE MEVAMEIS: WSC 305 ss6c00gaen: osecceacs 227 Oils Caledomialaere. cereee: 206 outcrops east of Brazos...... 201 HOSSILS Meee ae Mea eos 217 Stage im) Nex.5 Ark: ete: 2.198 at Sabinetown, Texas....... 201 stage, synonymis...... SBS 226 subdivisions of,in Ala...... 219 LL DTDO QEOAPU MDs cso. p50506 4008 30" 235 ple y fies) 12: Isto psiscypul lata. os. .cese. eee: 240 Gi COlu BEM Is easecc.sneuacneiaes 105 Lingula complanata fauna........ 10 20, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30. 31, i 32, 34. INGEXeB ic cAcas aandonopeaepasdesous 7 Qua DUC aka eermersecet rises: 26, 30 34. Spatuillatay soseac: mes oscecise tah le 27, 28, 34. WpliavelerM&ONUl, A\ciosnabsaectienacacsaone 105 Dip pitbienolor wea cone vex eecnteasece 106, 155 Little Missouri Lignites.......... 227) ILOnASGeNEV OW ep acpabendacosbabosondosa 106 Loughridge’s seétion at Caledonia 206. MOUS Ay oey temas aeadsceeece eee 155 Louisiana, Lignitic beds in...... 202 Lower Claiborne at Vaiden, Miss. 210. outcrops at Sabinetown, Tex. 201, ISIS aie OVAN Te oapsonecassaqe: 224 LOWS ISAC ISASS-cscosadosoooceese 223 WOWeGeRemtiaiayee eee eeeeeen cee 227 Loxoneina delphicola.......... 26, 38 Lucinda AstarttfOrv Mis .......000.0. TSI oll (ey, s8WeR, Ty le 262. pl. 20, fig. 2. DE DGULG SUIILPI ESS Oa ess ae eee 262 TVOGMES tate. gaara see tase: 263 OPO RAO GUO sodeeciactiang seoras0ncosh 264 je) nu-Xovs vLeamy eure Os \DOTIULLU AN wea sun ead tS eee 262 pl. 20, figs. 3, a, b. SM PTAUAUE sasoccee260000802000 263 pl. 20, fig. 4. UTD GIES ar ae tae Ee 263 pl. 20, fig. 5, a, 6. ; Lunulicardium fragile......... 10, Il TP PLOMMIIN 22 OAS Amma AS), AO, Bit, BA Teel, CUMS o 5.5 3oncgenonessess 106, 309 IE pipoNelials IBS )saguaesswosccosencossauene 107 IWpanelaloybee: Walrsenbinlebele s4scepaceon 107 INTAVONRAVMAVCKS AS sao scceonesoocess 155 IMVeNnnRe NO WW Senonbeasosoucuneauscoosobc 108 Macrocheilus macrostomus..26, 39? Macrodon chememgensis....22, 42 WieyGar, \yalie, lOriSior@Nta) oo. sce sec80ur 202 Mactra preetenuis var bzstriata.258 pl. 19,, fig. 10. Marginella biplicata............... 174 Marginulina hochstetteri......... 322 WF SWASTEMM .aAcconcnsoss ete Ra Wieliees Wo Wicrssbessoceosenospoedsae 168 lists of Tertiary fossils of Ala. 2G Manchester shales.................- 227 Wancouni mono ssessascnsseeuceee: 109g Wiavertorl, |WMlSS,.c-ces00 obcpsesooesboee 109 Marq. de Chastelleux............. 109 Marl of Cumberland county, N. J. 301. IMG Vesta Oe XC san seeocspeerdnacoqdonse 109 Martesia elongata...........+..++. 261 AAOY, 1%) Ue IM eWani7al, NWconancedsoesbeosesocpaoseo 109 IWIBIB SSIS, JB YANG doebSadonsencaeonabenoce 109 Mathilda regularts......6...0..000.172 jo, By seer, 1, Bl, Matthews’ landing.......... 197, 223 aN nbhe\ AY Ea) SLNGe st soba baponaopaneanod -109 62 BULLETIN IC 356 IMic@reathi vary Srccseeceteeeee: 82, I10 IM(@IDroraeNVel We Ssopocuseesoacaconouece III IMI@IDOEIOL, 183 TEC coscoscconcsdnoccee III IMGE EES, AW Wotscsoccaceposcaacbeoboas ie Witea ns iE Giese eee mee nee cere 112 Vite eke EWI ae erate seenstoela aes 112, 309 Meretrix val. fULU0i. a: s-neceeenn 254 pl. 18, fig. §, Io. Willits A MAUIEU soadnoaodsooss66onc 254 fol, WO), 1K, UL, De hatchetig b€ents.......-2+0.-++ 255 OM Tesh HERE, IeIh, Te, leew satay eocc os dese seems 255 nuttalliopsis.:.....2..... DPI Day MOLEC AODSUS.casenoanoaacnscsoae 253 pl. 18, fig. 5. SOOMYPHTES Slocace cdocaaseans Pee 55 OIL, Sy, THe, Fs Wissmatbl, (COs JP sscosesooscneasnaace 113 Mesalia alabamiensis....... 222238) Mesothyra OCeani.............00.000. 46 WESVEIE, O10), sosconsecccososbone 113, 309 Microdon bellistriatus......... 17, 18 WS), 210); Bik, 2A, 5, AO. Ait ChE MIMS SMSIS seer. eee eet 21 PARTS, qoosaonaagnoseonecce 20, 24 27, 29, 30, 32, 41. HETAOOIS MOEN AWS, 555 4o5qnbecocse 17, 42 Maddletoriiipeeeecseesnceeee ee 155 Miliola marylandica........ 298, 317 Miliolina seminulum........0..- 317 Miliolina seminulum.............. 298 Miliolites planulata................ 316 MiallersSt vAG Ue eiverncnemananecnebes 113 IGM HaVeRtO AL, PMOL cooacancesne0c. S2eewns, IMG Ss aS y EGS. S vee cleus wap icici 113 Mito Es tastesndschoncseessseneceee 113 IMT OCEME:\oese sense BU DEVI OMScxcnonaaondassnato00 313 EI COMM O) socneon vodeeccaceooseces Be pl. 22, fig. 1. COP AGUDUG? re thclacniacoauecnededcscae Breas LEU Desebccermenipnontineaaécs och A PACUCH UE Sod 3 ckiscdoaue a sorbate 214 SUGBELUN A) access sees enaei 314 SBODMOLOM TD Thomn vase aceses8050 314 Timber belt, or Sabine River beds 227. ‘INonem elo Shs seacceoednons sanosaoaaeatos 197 ANoyoulenia, NWiGssocsnadansneeaenacsshcsosn 137 ALO POS Alp lal CMA WS sees nee eee 17 Tornatellaea bella... .-.........-2..+- 212 ANF. DAI SROWAISE TICS cee neces tocecuccactirect 137 UR OLTACLE (POUCUAD so onooeesoncose: 240 pl. 14, fig. 2, a. Triphammer falls, Frontispiece Tropidoleptus carinatus stage....13 Truncatulina boueana............. 330 OVUM REV UU et canis « «action oe 329 HOO OUD. coasanooesess 129, 330, 333 TREWUSING,,. sacsocosvasbosbe 230, 333 TO Ciel AM An seemee cress ceices east 329 WOPIAOUUS tea nucserneuece hes 330 pl. 22, fig. 5. WillellerStotctien sce sete emcee sees 330 TV DOE: CPT OUTED »conosncooeecone2a6o: 173 pl. 5, fig. 7. (Mathilda) leand..........00 180 fol, Bp silepos Tally Ihe KOS cansoaadodsonosossonee 6 BuO me ysg IV cetea-siess seiseeoatsare eee 137 Tuomey’s work on the Lignitic of VAST eae Pentre siete Sule a es cesPianvaai ate 212 Turbonilla trigemmata.............217 Turritella eurynome............... 217 clevelandiayiyceesesc cesses: 224 Inf bHAAESHOSE os cooancocoeesnde 221, 223 TDAOVACOVTL scaceiopacceaannooso0 2a 220) UNEU NEU NYE aascqddocdodanuccoaoseaabe 217 POLES Cl Chaise, veoacast so ooseek se: 216 PD 223% Muscaloniar! sucy.cheacseeesonceaceeee 228 Jeovebb oka ihe ann MAnaace Naan ada 221 LOU GNIUEGs AAR ne Saseh auc Nnn oan oRsapune 138 hia chilly, SEGoOW, scoseccosanenosnsdoood 13 WippemReadchesbreesens er ertereere DUD CVU ertnd CANAKICNSIS.......000+ 325 PIE TOILED oceanorcanonngosesoce 326, 327 pl. 22, fig. 3. LOTUISER LOLA een ee enn: 326 TAM asec seee Mes enone 326 Vaginulina legumen .............. 320 Vaiden, Lower Claiborne beds at 210, \Wallitcny Wabgenbeteialsscsnssasdacoasosone 138 Valse Cee end nacuda cones 138 Malin ue tna tae te: asec seteen 8 WieiiallervhiuB: ogi cessecnencossnetens 138 Venericardia alticostata....221, 224 (HUGUCOSHUE Ts scoosaeigucsaesoec 99006 247 pl. 17, fig. 1. olamlcostasseus eee 202, 221 22M, 228, 224. 22s PLONUCOSLAS certs 246 pl. 15, 16 PHOLWM EARS ew aera eae 248 Veriniculum globosum............ 17 de Verneuil’s classification of New NOL TOCkSU Wk us creer ane dsaan 8 Vicksburg beds at Ft. Gaines...224 Virginia Mining News............ 138 Wosdesy Ait hony. \Vigeeeesseeesecas 140 Voluta luctator....................... 212 newcombiana............ Phighy BAe SAW AMA. ene snecseneceet 215, 216 (Bb LOS pa Sh Alona auocmineeodeaneseesuebass 212 Volutilithes lisbonensts.........++ 780 jOl, By ims, i PEL CURSO com -eideaec meets 181 PELLOSUSH cee wer ete cece 181 221222» Wait, WBIOHOEN Zl padonoestangceeouec 202 Volvaria alabamensts........00..+ 179 pl. 3, fig. 3, MWg ey (Co. WWecancd sosbdenoucvdoucbs 140 NVaililace mG aie ue ek te acs IAI Wanda, (Gs! Co arsssscduoebooossesccds Aiit Newel Ol Ble Bee bean tmnp ee co nda nos 141 Wanner) CoD ae sees ves I4I NWaltsomei My gees koe ee ee aioe 57 Wie binervallllefisliexc eeemeeeceeeeee ness 199 NViebStentiNe Banwuccresscsneseesccs 141 Wieekss Jasy Dine scsestiies WG, WALI NAT Git Ay eee aa a ee 142 West Va., Board Reg’ts........... 142 Wihite |\@lase Aus. ne assassin. 142 68 BULLETIN IC 362 Daya Ge reaciremeccieececeeeee secon. 143 1 eS Ce ras ea ede oR E Ra 87, 143 Whitehead, Thos.................... 143 Wilaitiiel diac eaeeo a see eaeesteebaess 69, 70 Wiarton, Ys I) rcacseosnaannascncewace 143 Winchell, Alex., work on Lignitic GRAlan nian oon en 216 William’s Cayuga lake section.. 9 Dr. views on Ithaca fauna.....5 12. 1 i EERE OU BCEO SAL SACP enOCE MO RAE 143 (GAN) G Eas cee ees aomenusscatecoes 144 TE AS e wabinadtaduennsia se aewosese sites 144 POM AC AA a PR aR 144 Walls SB eaeueathntiwchanennonens 144, 145 Wann Slowey Atsesatccccescenentanceecechics 145 WialSe WEE ON iis akan a aeeen ce seean 45 WiOOd Sa bliahhiatas.nssmacecdsamciceeenvor 196 SCCHOMME seh oensene teacaeaaan 218 Harris’ section at.............. 201 Pep (OU Omran aesesescatcosano3a0500 06 229 Woodward) vA. jc cce2scecasee seen ae Woodward, Anthony, on Tertiary I Oratuinite ra esses eee eeeeeeee 299 Wroolnidge At, Saie-e- cers eteeeeeee 145 Woolman, Is agit us aa eee eee 145 297, 2 Worthen, os Illinois Tertiary...205 Wright, C. Deak cctcanesenee eee 145 Wurtz, hg ereseascticere uacorecos 145, 146 WY Ms caters odio tinciepemnicte se emiuse seers 14 Vaties, (Co Mit. ainide.et scene eee WANG). = Vates; TaD ra teacacs staan 146 Mellowsbluiie ase. eee eee 223 Voldia Ghd ytGhtonva scene 245 pl. 14, fig. 15. Yoldia corpulentoides.............. 243 WOU yee aise an sn came eneeseseeereers 146 Zapurentis sim plex ...t eee ee 33 Leiller Ress cdangs sed somes 146 END OF VOL. II. pie na WA Hse : oe are Mi a wii | 9088 01358 4420